WO1993000352A1 - Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids - Google Patents

Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1993000352A1
WO1993000352A1 PCT/US1992/005208 US9205208W WO9300352A1 WO 1993000352 A1 WO1993000352 A1 WO 1993000352A1 US 9205208 W US9205208 W US 9205208W WO 9300352 A1 WO9300352 A1 WO 9300352A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base
polymer
subunit
sequence
subunits
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1992/005208
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
James E. Summerton
Dwight D. Weller
Original Assignee
Antivirals Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Antivirals Inc. filed Critical Antivirals Inc.
Priority to CA002110988A priority Critical patent/CA2110988C/en
Priority to AU22531/92A priority patent/AU665560B2/en
Priority to JP5501572A priority patent/JPH06508526A/en
Priority to EP92914039A priority patent/EP0592511B1/en
Priority to DE69221730T priority patent/DE69221730T2/en
Priority to KR1019930703954A priority patent/KR100225090B1/en
Publication of WO1993000352A1 publication Critical patent/WO1993000352A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/545Heterocyclic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/548Phosphates or phosphonates, e.g. bone-seeking
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/59Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6839Triple helix formation or other higher order conformations in hybridisation assays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00718Type of compounds synthesised
    • B01J2219/0072Organic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention is a continuation-in-part appli ⁇ cation of U.S. patent application Serial No. 719,732, filed June 20, 1991, now allowed, which is a continuation-in-part of application Serial No. 07/454,055, filed December 20, 1989 (now issued as U.S. Patent No. 5,034,506).
  • the present invention relates to an uncharged polymer capable of binding with sequence specificity to double stranded nucleic acids containing a selected base-pair sequence.
  • Oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide analogs designed to inactivate selected single-stranded genetic sequences unique to a target pathogen were first reported in the late 1960's by Belikova, 1967, and subsequently by: Pitha, 1970; Summerton, 1978a,b, 1979a,b; Zamecnik, 1978; Jones, 1979; Karpova, 1980; Miller, 1979, 1980, 1985; Toulme, 1986; Stirchak, 1987, 1989.
  • Polymeric agents of this type achieve their sequence specificity by exploiting Watson/Crick base pairing between the agent and its comple ⁇ mentary single-stranded target genetic sequence. Because such polymers only bind single-stranded target genetic se- quences, they are of limited value where the genetic infor- mation one wishes to inactivate exists predominantly in the double-stranded state.
  • duplex gene ⁇ tic sequences offer a more suitable target for blocking genetic activity.
  • One of the earliest attempts to develop a sequence-specific duplex-directed nucleic acid binding agent was reported by Kundu, Heidelberger, and coworkers during the period 1974 to 1980 (Kundu 1974; Kundu 1975; Kundu 1980) .
  • This group reported two monomeric agents, each designed to hydrogen-bond to a specific base-pair in duplex nuc. " ic acids.
  • these agents were ineffec ⁇ tive, probably for two reasons. First, they utilized a nonrigid ambiguous hydrogen-bonding group (an amide) which can act as either a proton donor or acceptor (in the hydrogen-bonding sense) .
  • a major-groove binding mode different from the Hoogsteen mode was reported in the mid-1960's and involves binding of an all-purine polynucleotide, poly(dl) , to a poly(di)/poly(rC) duplex (Inamn 1964) and to a poly(di)/poly(dC) duplex (Chamberlin 1965).
  • a mostly-purine polynucleotide has been recently used by Hogan and coworkers (Cooney, 1988) for blocking the activity of a selected natural duplex genetic sequence.
  • the Hoogsteen-binding polynucleotides (polypyrimidines) containing cytosines require a lower-than-physiological pH in order to achieve effective binding (due to the necessity of protonating the cytosine moieties) , although it has recently been demonstrated by Dervan and coworkers that the use of 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines allows Hoogsteen binding at a pH somewhat closer to physiological (Mahler, 1989) , and use of both 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines and 5-bromouracils in place of thymines (or uracils) improves binding still further (Povsic, 1989) .
  • inosine hyperxanthine
  • adenine moieties lack adequate sequence specificity and adequate binding affinity for effective major-groove binding in intracellular appli ⁇ cations.
  • inosine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a C:I (or C:G) base-pair (i.e., NH4 of c and 06 of G or I) and an A:T or A:U base-pair (i.e., NH6 of A and 04 of T or U)
  • adenine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a T:A or U:A base- pair (i.e., 04 of T or U and NH6 of A) and a G:C base-pair (i.e., 06 of G and NH4 of C) , as discussed further below.
  • inosine for its target base-pairs and of adenine for its target base-pairs is due to the fact that these purines can form only two less-than- optimal hydrogen-bonds to the major-groove sites of their respective target base-pairs.
  • both polypyrimidine and polypurine polynucle ⁇ otides fail to achieve effective binding to their target genetic duplexes under physiological conditions, due to the substantial electrostatic repulsion between the three closely-packed polyanionic backbones of the three-stranded complexes. Although this repulsion can be attenuated b high salt (Morgan, 1968) , divalent cations (Cooney, 1988) , or polyamines (Moser, 1987), nonetheless, for applications in living cells, and particularly cells within intact organisms, control of intracellular cation concentrations is generally not feasible.
  • polynucleot- ides are less than optimal because: they are rapidly sequestered by the reticuloendothelial lining of the capillaries, they do not readily cross biological mem ⁇ branes, and they are sensitive to degradation by nucleases in the blood and within cells.
  • sequence-specific duplex-directed nucleic acid-binding agents the principal target is DNA, which appears to exist within cells predominantly in a B or B-like conformation.
  • polynucleotides which have been used for major- groove binding to genetic duplexes have a unit backbone length which is shorter than optimal for binding to duplex genetic sequences existing in a B-type conformation.
  • the present invention includes a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide containing at least two different oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence.
  • the polymer is formed of a specific sequence of subunits selected from the following forms:
  • R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
  • * where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donat ⁇ ing group, such as NH ⁇ .
  • the Y linkage group is two atoms in length. In another embodiment, for use in sequence-specific binding to a B- form DNA-DNA duplex nucleic acid sequence, the Y linkage group is three atoms in length.
  • the invention includes a method for coupling a first free or polymer-terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
  • R j is a planar ring structure having two or more hydrogen-bonding sites, with a second free or polymer- terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
  • the method includes i) oxidizing the first subunit to generate a dialdehyde intermediate; ii) contacting the dialdehyde intermediate with the second subunit under conditions effective to couple a primary amine to a dialdehyde; and (iii) adding a reducing agent effective to give a coupled structure selected from the following forms:
  • the invention prov des a method for isolating, from a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selected sequence of base- pairs.
  • the method includes first contacting the sample with a polymer reagent containing structure which allows isolation of the reagent from solution, and attached to this structure, a polymer composition of the type described above, where the polymer composition has a subunit sequence effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner with the selected sequence of base-pairs.
  • the contacting is carried out under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to the selected sequence of base-pairs.
  • the polymers of the present invention can be used to detect the presence of a target nucleic acid sequence.
  • a support-bound polymer composition can be contacted with a test solution containing the selected duplex genetic sequence under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to its target sequence of base-pairs.
  • the support-bound polymer with bound selected duplex genetic sequence is then separated from the test solution.
  • the presence of the polymer/target duplex sequence is then detected.
  • Detecting the selected genetic sequence may, for example, utilize one of the following: fluorescent compounds, such as, ethidiu bromide and propidium iodide, effective to intercalate into duplex genetic sequences; or reporter moieties linked to oligocationic moieties effective to bind to the polyanionic backbone of nucleic acids.
  • fluorescent compounds such as, ethidiu bromide and propidium iodide, effective to intercalate into duplex genetic sequences
  • reporter moieties linked to oligocationic moieties effective to bind to the polyanionic backbone of nucleic acids.
  • a subunit compo ⁇ sition for use in forming a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide.
  • the composition includes one of the following subunit structures:
  • R' is H, OH, or 0-alkyl
  • the 5'-methylene has a ⁇ stereochemical orientation in subunit forms (a) , (c) , and (d) and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit form (b)
  • X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer
  • Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer
  • X and Y together are such that when two subunits of the subunit set are linked the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged
  • Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety
  • R if which may be in the protected state and has a ⁇ stereochemical orientation is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
  • R j is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
  • Another embodiment of the present invention includes a method for inhibiting the biological activity of a selected duplex genetic sequence.
  • a suitable target sequence of base-pairs is selected within the selected duplex genetic sequence whose activity is to be inhibited.
  • a polymer composition, as described above, is provided which is effective to bind in a sequence- specific manner to the target sequence.
  • the polymer composition is contacted with the selected duplex genetic sequence under substantially physiological conditions.
  • This method may further include contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence where contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence entails targeting the polymer composition to a tissue or site containing the selected genetic sequence to be inactivated.
  • Some methods of delivery include delivering the polymer composition in the form of an aerosol to the respiratory tract of a patient and/or injecting an aqueous solution of the polymer composition into a patient.
  • FIGS 1A-1D illustrate T:A (IA) , A:T (IB), C:G (IC) and G:C (ID) oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs, showing the major-groove hydrogen-binding sites of the base-pairs (arrows) ;
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate tautomeric forms of 2-amino pyrimidine (2A) , and 2-pyrimidinone (2B) ;
  • Figures 3A and 3B illustrate rigid (3A) and non-rigid (3B) hydrogen-bonding arrays
  • Figures 4A-4D illustrate standard positioning for a U:A base-pair in an A conformation and the approximate position of helical axis for an A-form duplex (4A) , the use of this positioning scheme for assessing R a , ⁇ ⁇ , and A values for a subunit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites of a U:A base-pair in an A conformation (4B) , the standard positioning for a T:A base-pair in a B conformation and the approximate position of helical axis for a B-form duplex (4C) , and the use of this positioning scheme for assessing Renfin, ⁇ h , and A values for a subunit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites of a T:A base-pair in a B conformation (4D) ;
  • Figures 5A-5C show representative 2'-deoxyribose (5A) , ribose (5B) , and ribose-derived backbone structures (5C) suitable for use in forming the polymer of the invention;
  • Figures 6A-6F show representative morpholino backbone structures suitable for use in forming the polymer of the invention;
  • Figures 7A-7E show representative acyclic backbone structures suitable for forming the polymer of the invention.
  • Figure 8A shows a representative coupled acyclic backbone structure with a 4-atom unit backbone length
  • 8C show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 5-atom unit backbone length
  • 8D-8E show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length.
  • Figures 9A-9D show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length
  • 9E-9F show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 7-atom unit backbone length
  • Figures 10A and 10B illustrate a guanine base and its binding to a C:G oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (10A) and a diaminopurine base and its binding to a T:A oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (10B) ;
  • Figures 11A and 11B show hydrogen bonding of a cytosine base to a G:C (11A) and T:A (11B) oriented base- pair;
  • Figures 12A and 12B show hydrogen bonding of a uracil base to an A:T (12A) and C:G (12B) oriented base-pair
  • Figures 13A-13D illustrate the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a tautomeric base designed for binding to a G:C or A:T Watson-Crick base-pair (13A) , and three specific embodiments of the 13A structure (13B-13D)
  • Figures 14A and 14B show the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 13B structure to a G:C (14A) and A:T (14B) oriented base-pair;
  • Figures 15A-15D illustrate the general skeletal ring- structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson- Crick base-pair (15A) , and three specific embodiments o the Figure 15A structure (15B-15D) ;
  • Figure 16 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 15 structure to a G:C oriented base-pair
  • Figure 17A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachmen position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson Crick base-pair
  • Figure 17B shows a specific embodimen of the 17A structure hydrogen bonded to a G:C oriente base-pair
  • Figure 18A-18D illustrate the general skeletal ring- structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an A:T or A: Watson-Crick base-pair (18A) , and three specific embodiments of the 18A structure (18B-18D) ;
  • Figure 19 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 18D structure to an A:T oriented base-pair
  • Figure 20 illustrates the coupling cycle used in an exemplary solid-phase synthesis of one embodiment of this binding polymer
  • Figure 21 illustrates a segment of a polymer constructed according to the invention, and designed to bind to a region of an A-form genetic duplex having the sequence of base-pairs: C:G, A:T, T:A, and G:C.
  • Figure 22 illustrates the coupling cycle in a novel method for assembling nucleic acid-binding polymers.
  • duplex sequence refers to a sequence of contiguous oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, where the four oriented base-pairs are: A:T (or A:U) , T:A (or U:A) , G:C, and C:G, where A, T, U, G, and C, refer to adenine, thymine, uracil, guanine, and cytosine nucleic acid bases, respectively.
  • the polymer is formed of subunits, each of which comprises a cyclic backbone structure and linkage group, which collectively form an uncharged backbone, and a base attached to the cyclic backbone structure, which provides base-pair-specific hydrogen-bonding to the target.
  • the requirements of the backbone structure, linkage group, and attached base in the polymer subunits are detailed below.
  • base refers to planar base-pair-specific hydrogen- bonding moieties.
  • Figures 1A-1D shows T:A, A:T, C:G, and G:C oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, with the major-groove hydrogen- bonding sites indicated by arrows in the figure.
  • the polar major-groove sites include the N7 and a hydrogen on the N6 of adenine and the 04 of thymine (or uracil) .
  • the polar major-groove sites include the 06 and N7 of guanine and a hydrogen on the N4 of cytosine.
  • each subunit base in the polymer should contain at physiological pH a hydrogen-bonding array suitable for binding to two or three of the polar major-groove sites on its respective oriented target base-pair.
  • Table 1 shows the hydrogen- bonding arrays comprising the polar major-groove sites for each of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, and the corresponding hydrogen-bonding array of the subunit base suitable for hydrogen-bonding to said polar major-groove sites.
  • X is generally an N, 0, or S atom, but can also be F, Cl, or Br, having a non-bonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen bonding, and ** represents the nonbonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen- bonding.
  • the polymer subunit base should contain the specified hydrogen-bonding array at physio ⁇ logical pH (in contrast to the case for cytosine moieties used for Hoogsteen-type major-groove binding) . This assures that at physiological pH, binding of the subunit base makes a substantial contribution to the free energy of binding between the polymer and its target duplex.
  • the subunit base should be predo ⁇ minantly non-ionized. More specifically, basic moieties should have pKb values of at least 7.5 or greater, and acidic moieties should have pKa values of at least 7.7 or greater.
  • This lack of substantial ionic charge provides two advantages. First, for applications in living cells, the lack of ionic groups on the binding polymers facili- tates passage of the polymer across biological membranes. Second, lack of negative charges avoids the problem of charge repulsion between the binding polymer and the negatively charged phosphates of its target duplex.
  • H is a hydrogen bound to a nitrogen
  • ** is an electron pair of nitrogen or oxygen available for hydrogen bonding.
  • subunit bases which hydrogen-bond only to the polar sites near the center of the major-groove (underlined in the above table) lack adequate specificity for a given base-pair. Accordingly, in order for a subunit base to achieve high specificity for a single oriented base-pair, the base should hydrogen bond to the N7 of its respective target base-pair.
  • Figure 2A shows an acceptably fixed structure (2-amino pyrimidine, which exists almost exclusively in the 2-amino tautomeric form) .
  • Figure 2B shows a second structure which lacks specificity for a single base-pair due to its facile tautomerization under physiological conditions (2-pyrimidinone) .
  • Dominant tautomeric forms of a wide assortment of representative heterocyclic structures have been tabulated in a book edited by Elguero, Marzin, Katritzky & Linda (1976) .
  • the subunit bases should have structures which provide a relatively rigid arrangement of at least two of the base-pair H-bonding groups positioned for base-pair bind ⁇ ing. Such rigidity is best afforded by a ring structure wherein at least two of the polar hetero atoms to be in- volved in H-bonding to the target base-pair are either part of the ring or directly attached to the ring.
  • Figure 3A shows a structure (2-amino-3-cyano pyr ⁇ role) which satisfies this rigidity requirement.
  • Figure 3B shows a structure (2-carboxamide pyrrole) which fails to satisfy the requirement.
  • sequence-specific binding polymers are those which bind to a target which is composed of contigu ⁇ ous base-pairs in the polynucleotide duplex. This, in turn, requires that the subunit bases of the binding poly ⁇ mer be no thicker than the target base-pairs to which they are to bind. Accordingly, each subunit structure should be planar. This is best achieved by using subunit bases having aromatic character and/or having plane trigonal bonding for most or all ring atoms.
  • duplex nucleic acids adopt either of two general conformations.
  • RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA duplexes adopt an A-type conformation.
  • DNA/DNA duplexes adopt a B- type conformation, but can readily convert to an A confor ⁇ mation under certain conditions, such as high salt or low polarity solvent.
  • duplex nucleic acids the polar major-groove sites on each of the Watson/Crick base-pairs are fairly regularly positioned with respect to corresponding arrays of major- groove sites on neighboring base-pairs, with the relative positions being defined by the helical conformation para- meters of axial position, axial rise, and axial rotation.
  • the backbone attachment positions of the different subunit bases when the bases are hydrogen-bonded to their respective target base-pairs, need not be posi ⁇ tioned in any regular way relative to their target base- pairs.
  • each of the backbone structures of the component subunits in the polymer must be custom tailored with respect to backbone length and position of subunit base attachment, leading to extremely high development and production costs.
  • the polymer sub ⁇ units used in the present invention are selected, according to criteria described below, to have similar backbone attachment positions and angles.
  • Figure 4A shows a Watson/Crick base-pair (W/C bp) positioned relative to the helical axis (denoted K t ) of an A-form genetic duplex, i.e., (A, 12, 0.326) RNA.
  • W/C bp Watson/Crick base-pair
  • K t helical axis
  • Watson-Crick base-pair and the vertical line (denoted PB) is the perpendicular bisector of the first-mentioned line.
  • the backbone attachment position and angles of a sub- unit base are then determined by positioning the subunit base on its corresponding target base-pair in this stan ⁇ dardized position, with the subunit base being hydrogen bonded to the appropriate polar major-groove sites on the Watson-Crick base-pair, as shown for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base in Figure 4B.
  • the backbone attachment position of the subunit base, relative to its A-form target duplex, can then be described by an R. and 6*. value, where R. is the radial distance, in angstroms, from the helical axis of the A-form target duplex to the center of the backbone atom (denoted B) to which the subunit base is attached, and 0, is the angle, in degrees, about this helical axis, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector to the center of the afore ⁇ mentioned backbone atom.
  • the attachment angle, A is defined as the angle, in degrees, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector, between the perpendicular bisector and a line parallel to the bond between the subunit base and the backbone moiety.
  • Figure 4B illustrates R a , 6-., and A parameters for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a U:A base-pair in an A conformation.
  • Figure 4C illustrates a correspondingly positioned base-pair of a B-form duplex, and Figure 4D illustrates R b , _- b , and A parameters for this 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a T:A base-pair in a B conformation.
  • the resultant 4 oriented base-pairs are designated as A:T, T:A, C:G, and G:C (and corresponding base-pairs where U replaces T) .
  • the orientations of these base-pairs are defined in Table 3.
  • the backbone attachment position for any given subunit base in position on its target base-pair, can have a 0 value, X°, in the range of 0° to 180°.
  • a 0 value
  • the 0 value of that same target-bound subunit base is changed to 360° - X°.
  • the convention used in the following discussion is that the 0 value for each subunit base of the binding polymer is less than 180°.
  • the 0 value for the subunit base is 332° (ie. , 360° - 28°).
  • the convention used herein dictates that the target base-pair for this subunit base is U:A (where 0 is ⁇ 180°) , and not A:U (where 0 is > 180°) .
  • R, 0, and A for prospective recognition moieties can be readily obtained with CPK molecular models (The Ealing Corp., South Natick, Mass., USA) . Slightly more accurate values can be estimated by optimization of the hydrogen-bonding in the subunit base/base-pair triplex via a computer molecular mechanics program, such as are available commercially.
  • the subunit bases should be so selected that a given subunit set (the set of subunits used in assembly of a given polymer) all have R values within about 2 angstroms of each other, 0 values within about 20° of each other, and A values within about 30° of each other.
  • the subunit base In order for a subunit base to have a high specificity for only one of the oriented base-pairs, it is important that the subunit base not be able to bind to a given base-pair in both orientations (eg., G:C and C:G) simply by rotation of the subunit base about its linkage to its backbone structure. Therefore, the earlier-described backbone attachment position or angle should be asymmetrical with respect to the Cl' positions of the target base-pair. Specifically, 0, for the subunit base should have a value greater than about 10°, or the attachment angle. A, for the subunit base should have a value greater than about 25°.
  • the preferred functional groups for the N component include primary and secondary amine, hydrazine, hydroxyl. sulfhydryl, and hydroxylamine.
  • the preferred functiona groups for the E component include the following acids an derivatives thereof: carboxylic, thiocarboxylic, phos phoric, thiophosphoric, esters, thioesters, and amides o phosphoric and thiophosphoric, phosphonic and thiophos phonic, and sulfonic acid.
  • Other suitable E groups included aldehyde, dialdehyde (or vicinal hydroxyls suitable fo conversion to a dialdehyde) , alkyl halide, and alkyl tosylate.
  • Homologous type backbone moieties can be of two types, one type having nucleophilic end groups and the other type having electrophilic end groups; or, a single homologous backbone moiety can be alternated with an appropriate linker. These alternatives are illustrated below: N N alternated with E E
  • Preferred functional groups for N and E are as in the heterologous backbone moieties.
  • Preferred E linkers include carbonyl; thiocarbonyl; alkyl, ester, thioester, and amide of phosphoryl and thiophosphoryl; phosphonyl and thiophosphonyl; sulfonyl; and, oxalic acid.
  • a preferred N linker is 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine.
  • the present invention contemplates a variety of both cyclic and acyclic backbone structures, as will be illu ⁇ strated in Figures 5-9 below.
  • acyclic backbone structures One limitation of acyclic backbone structures is that activation of the electrophilic linking groups preparatory to polymer assembly, can lead to varying amounts of undesired intramolecular attack on sites of the subunit base.
  • the activated electrophile can be effectively isolated from reactive sites on the subunit base, thereby reducing unwanted intramolecular reactions.
  • aliphatic cyclic backbone moieties does entail the presence of multiple chiral centers in each backbone structure.
  • synthetic challenges associated with such multiple chiral centers can be largely circumvented, by utilizing readily available natural products for the backbone moiety or, preferably, for the entire subunit, or as a proximal precursor thereto.
  • cyclic backbone moieties are those comprising, or readily derived from, deoxyribose or ribose.
  • Figures 5A-5C illustrate exemplary cyclic backbone struc ⁇ tures comprising or derived from deoxyribosides or ribo- sides.
  • R' in the figure indicates H or alkyl
  • R j indicates the subunit base, which, as seen, has the same ⁇ - orientation as natural nucleosides.
  • Figures 6A-6F illu ⁇ strate exemplary cyclic morpholino backbone structures derivable from ribosides, having either a jS-orientation ( Figures 6A-6C) or an ⁇ -orientation ( Figures 6D-6F) for the 5'-methylene (numbered as in the parent ribose) , again with a ⁇ orientation of the R £ base. The synthesis of such subunits will be described below and in Examples 1-5.
  • Figures 7A-7E show representative types of acyclic backbone structures.
  • the backbone must be stable in neutral aqueous conditions. Since the binding polymers are designed for use under physiological condi- tions it is necessary that the intersubunit linkages b stable under said conditions. The linkages must also b stable under those conditions required for polymer assem bly, deprotection, and purification. To illustrate thi stabilityrequirement, an alkyl sulfonate (R-(S0 2 )-0-CH 2 -R') is precluded because the resultant structure is undul sensitive to nucleophilic attack on the CH-.
  • intersubuni linkage is such that it exhibits specific rotational con formations (as is the case for amides, thioamides, ureas, thioureas, carbamates, thiocarbamates, carbazates, hydrazides, thiohydrazides, sulfonamides, sulfamides, an sulfonylhydrazides) then it is important either that th rotomer compatible with target binding be the lowest energ conformation, or that the barrier to rotation between th conformations be relatively low (ie. , that the conforma tions be rapidly interchangeable at physiological tempe ratures) .
  • a secondary amide (N-alkyl amide, whic prefers to adopt a trans conformation) would be acceptabl if the trans conformation is suitable for pairing to th target duplex.
  • tertiary amides and relate N,N-dialkyl structures generally have two approximatel equal low energy conformations, and so to be useful in a binding polymer, the linkages should have a relatively lo energy barrier to interconversion between the two conformations.
  • the barrier to rotation between two conformers can be assessed by NMR as follows: At a temperature where the two conformers are interconver ing slowly relative to the NM time scale (on the order of 10" 8 sec) two distinct signals are often seen, each representing a single conformer. As the NMR spectra are taken at progressively higher tempera ⁇ tures, the two conformer signals coalesce - indicating rapid interconversion.
  • the coalescence temperature (Tc) thus provides a useful measure of the rotational freedom of various linkage types.
  • N,N-dimethylformamide exhibits a Tc of about 114°C (Bassindale, 1984) and con- formers of analogous tertiary amides have been found to interconvert slowly in biological macromolecules.
  • an N,N-dialkyl carbamate-containing structure exhibits a Tc just under 44°C (unpublished results obtained in support of the present invention) , indicating reasonable conformational freedom at physiological temperature.
  • N,N-dialkylsulfinamide (which should have a rota ⁇ tional energy barrier similar to that of sulfonamide and related substances) has been reported to have a Tc lower than minus 60°C (Tet. Let. .10 509 (1964)). Based on these considerations, backbone linkages containing N,N-dialkyl- type carbamate, thiocarbamate, carbazate, and various amidates of phosphorous and sulfur are preferred, while N,N-dialkyl-type amide, thioamide, urea, thiourea, hydrazide, and thiohydrazide linkages are generally unacceptable.
  • the backbone should be uncharged.
  • these binding polymers so that they i) are not sequestered by the reticu- loendothelial lining of the capillaries; ii) readily cross cell membranes; iii) are resistant to degradation by nucleases; and, iv) are not repelled by the high density of negative charge on the backbones of the target duplex.
  • the distance from th subunit base attachment position of one backbone moiety t the attachment position of the next backbone moiety is th square root of: (R sine(rot)) 2 + (R cosine(rot) - R) 2 + (rise) 2
  • R is the distance from the helical axis to the cente of the atom of the backbone moiety to which the subuni base is attached
  • rot is the axial rotation value for th target duplex (typically about 30° to 33° for an A-for duplex and 36° for a B-form duplex)
  • rise is the axia rise value for the target duplex (typically about 2.8 t
  • both A-form (RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA duplexes) and B-form (DNA/DNA) target duplexes are somewhat flexibl and so can generally accommodate binding polymers whic have unit backbone lengths which are a fraction of a angstrom shorter or longer than the calculated lengt requirement. Further, it should be appreciated tha DNA/DNA in a B conformation can be converted to an conformation under certain conditions.
  • a generally satisfactory way to determine whether or not a prospective polymer backbone is likely to be acceptable for use against a particular target conformation is to assemble with CPK molecular models a representative target genetic duplex in the desired conformation, with subunit bases H-bonded thereto, and then add the prospective polymer backbone. If the prospective polymer backbone can be easily attached without having to adopt an energetically unfavorable conformation, and if the attachment of the polymer backbone does not cause significant perturbation of the target structure, and if there are no unacceptable steric interactions, then the backbone should be operable.
  • a target conformation e.g., A-form or B-form
  • Additional support for the suitability of a prospective backbone structure can be obtained by modeling the polymer/target triplex on a computer using a molecular mechanics program to obtain an optimized bonding structure via an energy minimization procedure.
  • Such modeling can, on occasion, identify significant unfavorable interactions (eg. , dipole-dipole repulsions) which might be overlooked in the initial CPK modeling.
  • Subunit base sets having R b values less than about 11.5 Angstroms, 0 b values within about 9° of each other, and A values clustered within about 20° of each other generally require a 6-atom unit-length acyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 8D-8E, or a 7-atom unit-length cyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 9E-9F, for binding to target duplexes in a B-type conformation.
  • DNA/DNA duplexes which generally exist in a B conformation, can readily convert to an A conformation.
  • Two such conditions which cause this B to A transition are high salt and low polarity solvent.
  • a B to A conformational transition of the target duplex can be induced by duplex- directed binding polymers having backbone unit-lengths shorter than optimal for binding to a B-form duplex.
  • such conformation transitions incur a cost in free energy of binding, and so, to compensate, the binding poly ⁇ mer's affinity for its target must be increased accordingly.
  • the shorter unit-length backbones suitable for A-form target duplexes can also be used for targeting genetic sequences which exist normally in a B conformation.
  • each subunit of such a matched set consists of a subunit base linked at a standard position to a standard- length backbone structure.
  • the subunit base of each subunit of the set has an R, 0, and A value closely matched to the R, 0, and A values of the subunit bases of the other subunits of that set.
  • the polymer subunits in a set must contain at least two different subunit types, each specific for a different oriented base-pair.
  • the base of each of at least two different subunits of the set is effective to form at least two hydrogen bonds with the major-groove sites of its respective target base-pair, where one of those hydrogen bonds is to the purine N7 nitrogen of the target base-pair, as discussed above.
  • the other subunit or subunits in the set may, but do not necessarily bind with high specificity to oriented base-pairs in the target sequence.
  • another subunit of the set may bind satisfactorily to two different oriented base-pairs, as will be seen below.
  • Such low- specificity or non-specific subunits serve to provide (a) required spacing between high-specificity subunits in the polymer and (b) contribute to stacking interactions between the planar bases in the polymer/duplex complex.
  • the subunits in the polymer must provide high-specificity base binding to at least about 70% of the oriented base-pairs in the target sequence.
  • the target duplex sequence must contain at least 70% oriented base-pairs which are specifically bound by those two high-specificity bases.
  • the most basic subunit set is suitable for targetin duplex genetic sequences containing only C:G and T:A or U: oriented base-pairs.
  • the first member of this basic subunit set is a high specificity guanine subunit containing a guanine or 6- thioguanine subunit base effective to hydrogen bon specifically to a C:G oriented base-pair.
  • guanine or 6-thioguanine
  • the subunit may be formed with any of a variety of deoxyribose, ribose or morpholino backbone structures, with the base attached to the backbone structure in the ⁇ - stereochemical orientation, as illustrated in Example 2.
  • the second member of the basic set is a high- specificity diaminopurine subunit containing a 2,6- diaminopurine subunit base effective to hydrogen bond specifically to a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair.
  • the 2,6-diaminopurine base forms three hydrogen bonds to the polar major-groove sites of a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, including the adenine N7 of that target base-pair.
  • guanine subunits As with the guanine subunits, a variety of diaminopurine subunits with deoxyribose, ribose and morpholino backbone structures, and having the desired .-stereochemical attachment of the base to the backbone structure, can be prepared by modifications of commercially available nucleosides, also as illustrated in Example 2. CPK molecular modeling showed that the guanine and diaminopurine moieties should effectively and specifically bind their target base-pairs. Additional support for this major-groove hydrogen-bonding mode was obtained from a best fit analysis carried out for these two trimolecular complexes, C:G:G and U:A:D.
  • the 2,6-diaminopurine subunit base of Figure 10B was assumed to have structural parameters essentially identical to those of 9-ethyl-2,6- diaminopurine obtained from x-ray diffraction studies of crystalline tri olecular complexes of 9-ethyl-2,6- diaminopurine hydrogen-bonded to two 1-methylthymines (one thymine bonded in the Watson-Crick mode and the other thymine bonded in the reverse-Hoogsteen mode) as reported by Sakore et al. (1969) .
  • the basic guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set can be easily prepared from readily available guanosine or deoxyguanosine.
  • binding polymers assembled from only these two subunits, and targeted against sequences of at least 16 contiguous base-pairs, are expected to have targets in only quite large viruses having genome sizes on the order of 65,000 base-pairs or greater.
  • binding polymers which can be targeted against a much broader range of viruses, including even quite small viruses such as Hepatitis B, which has a genome size of only 3,200 base- pairs.
  • One effective approach to extending the targeting range of these binding polymers, without substantially increasing their cost of production, is to target sequences composed predominantly (at least about 70%) of target base- pairs for the guanine and diaminopurine high-specificity subunit bases (ie., oriented base-pairs C:G and T:A or U:A) .
  • the remaining base-pairs in the target sequence i.e., no more than about 30% G:C and/or A:T or A:U
  • low-specificity "spacer" bases in the binding polymer serve primarily to provide continuity of stacking interactions between the contiguous subunit bases of the binding polymer when that polymer is in position on its target duplex.
  • a polymer assembled from the basic subunit set described in Section El additionally includes one or more low-specificity spacer subunit bases.
  • the spacer subunit bases (which are not necessarily hydrogen-bonded to their respective base-pairs) should have R, 0, and A values which can closely match the R, 0, and A values of the high- specificity subunit bases.
  • the R values should all be within about 2 A
  • 0 values should all be within about 20°
  • a values should all be within about 30°.
  • the spacer subunit bases should also provide modest hydrogen-bonding to their respective target base-pairs so as to make some contribu- tion to target binding specificity and affinity.
  • the target sequence contains a G:C oriente base-pair
  • one preferred spacer subunit in the subunit se contains a cytosine base, which can hydrogen-bond weakly t G:C and to T:A oriented base-pairs.
  • Figure 11A shows cyto sine hydrogen bonded to the major-groove sites of a G: base-pair
  • Figure 11B shows cytosine hydrogen bonded t a T:A base-pair. In neither case does this include hydrogen bond to the N7 of the purine of a target base pair.
  • one preferred spacer subunit in th subunit set contains a uracil (or thymine) base, which ca hydrogen-bond weakly to A:T and to C:G oriented base-pairs
  • Figure 12A shows uracil hydrogen bonded to the major-groov sites of an A:T base-pair
  • Figure 12B shows uraci hydrogen bonded to a C:G base-pair.
  • these two subunit spacer bases provide onl low-specificity and low affinity binding to their targe base-pairs, nonetheless: i) they effectively provide fo continuity of subunit base stacking in the target-boun binding polymer; ii) they have R, 0, and A values which ar acceptably matched with the R, 0, and A values of the high specificity guanine and diaminopurine subunit bases of th subunit set; and iii) the spacer subunits, or close pre cursors thereto, are commercially available and relativel inexpensive.
  • Example 2 Syntheses of subunit sets containing the four subuni bases guanine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (o thymine) , and having various deoxyribose, ribose and mor pholino backbone structures, are described in Example 2.
  • Example 2B ;
  • Table 5 shows the base-pair specificities and approxi ⁇ mate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases of this guanine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (or thymine) subunit set.
  • binding polymers prepared with the above G, D, C and U or T subunit set also have the potential to bind to single-stranded genetic sequences. Specifically, the polymer will be able to bind in a Watson- Crick pairing mode to a single-stranded polynucleotide of the appropriate base sequence.
  • the spacer subunits, C and U or T, in the poly ⁇ mer are degenerate in binding specificity, at least two of these low-specificity spacer subunits are required to provide a level of target specificity equivalent to that provided by one high-specificity subunit.
  • a binding polymer containing 16 high-specificity subunit bases pro ⁇ vides about the same level of target specificity as a binding polymer containing 12 high-specificity subunit bases and 8 low-specificity spacer subunit bases.
  • the guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set described in Section El includes an additional subunit having a tautomeric subunit base capable of hydrogen bonding to either G:C or A:T oriented base-pairs.
  • a generalized skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of one preferred base type is shown in Figure 13A, where X j is H or NH-; X. is H, F, or Cl; and B indicates the polymer backbone.
  • Figures 13B-13D show three preferred embodiments of this tautomeric base, as discussed further below.
  • FIG. 14A and 14B The hydrogen bonding to target base-pairs by different tautomeric forms of the base from Figure 13D is shown in Figures 14A and 14B for G:C and A:T oriented base-pairs, respectively.
  • X j can be hydrogen- bond acceptor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to a G:C base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base- pair.
  • X t can be a hydrogen-bond donor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to an A:T base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base-pair.
  • Table 6 shows the base-pair specificities and approxi mate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases of th guanine, diaminopurine, and the subunit base of Figure 14:
  • Example 3 The syntheses of a number of specific embodiments of a tautomeric subunit are described in Example 3.
  • the synthesis of the structures seen in Figure 13B and 13C are described in Example 3A for the 2'doexyribose backbone structure; in Example 3B for the 2'0-methylribose backbone; and in Example 3C for the morpholino backbone.
  • the guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set described in Section El includes an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C oriented base-pair, or an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to an A:T (or A:U) oriented base-pair, or the set includes two additional subunits whose bases are specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C oriented base-pair and to an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, respectively.
  • Figure 15A shows the ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of a general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair.
  • Figures 15B-15D Three preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown Figures 15B-15D.
  • Figure 16 shows the structure in Figure 15D hydrogen-bonded to its G:C target base-pair.
  • the X- position in the Figure 15A structure may be a hydrogen bond acceptor, e.g., O, for forming three hydrogen bonds between the base and its target G:C base-pair.
  • Syntheses for subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific bases of Figures 15B and 15C are described in Example 4D.
  • Figure 17A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of another general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair.
  • a preferred embodiment of this structure type hydrogen-bonded to its G:C target base-pair is shown in Figure 17B.
  • Figure 18A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of a general type of base effective to bind an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair. Three preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown in Figures 18B-18D.
  • Figure 19 shows the structure in Figure 18D hydrogen-bonded to its A:T target base-pair.
  • a subunit set formed in accordance with one aspect of the invention may include any three of these high-specificity subunits effec ⁇ tive to bind to three different oriented base-pairs in a duplex target sequence.
  • the selected sub- unit set would include three different subunits containin a common or similar backbone structure and diaminopurine, guanine (or thioguanine) , and one of the above G:C-specifi bases.
  • a subunit set suitable for a target sequence con- taining all four oriented base-pairs would additionally include a subunit whose base is one of the above high- specificity bases for an A:T oriented base-pair.
  • Table 7 shows the base-pair specificities and appro ⁇ ximate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases comprising guanine, diaminopurine, and the high-specificity bases of Figures 15, 17, and 18.
  • the table illustrates the general suitability of this set of bases in regard to R, 0, and A values.
  • the polymer of the invention is designed to bind to and inactivate a target duplex sequence, such as a sequence essential for a given pathogen, without inactivating normal host genetic sequences.
  • a target duplex sequence such as a sequence essential for a given pathogen
  • the sequence information recognized by the polymer should be sufficient to rigorous- ly distinguish the pathogen sequence from all normal hos sequences.
  • a reasonable estimation of the amount of sequenc information which a duplex nucleic acids-binding polyme should recognize in a disease-specific sequence in order t avoid concomitant attack on normal cellular sequences ca be calculated as follows.
  • the human genome contain roughly 3 billion base-pairs of unique-sequence DNA.
  • Fo a gene-inactivating agent to have an expectation of havin no fortuitous target sequences in a cellular pool of 3 billion base-pairs of unique sequence genetic material, i should recognize at least n base-pairs in its target, wher n is calculated as 4 n 3 x 10 9 , giving a minimal targe recognition requirement of approximately 16 base-pairs.
  • Table 8 tabulates the number of base- pairs recognized in a target sequence and the corresponding expected number of fortuitous targets in a pool of 3 billion base-pairs of unique-sequence genetic material.
  • a binding agent for duplex nucleic acids should recognize at least 16, and preferably 18 or more base-pairs of the target sequence.
  • Table 9 shows the approximate number of targets expected in a relatively small viral genome (about the size of the HIV provirus) as a function of the number of dif ⁇ ferent base-pair-binding specificities in a 16-subunit polymer. The values in the table were calculated on the assumption that the purine to pyrimidine ratio in a given strand of the pathogen's genome is approximately 1.0 and that the bases are effectively in a random order. Table 9 Number of base-pair-binding Expected number of contiguous specificities in subunit set 16-base-pair targets in a
  • the basic two-subunit set formed in accordance with the present invention includes two subunits which are specific for two different oriented base-pairs, C:G and T:A or U:A.
  • another embodiment includes an expanded subunit set which includes one or two spacer subunits.
  • Still another embodiment comprises the basic two-subunit set plus an additional semi-specific subunit whose base is capable of hydrogen bonding to either of two different oriented base-pairs.
  • this semi-specific subunit base recognizes only half the sequence information recog- nized by a high-specificity subunit base, and thus its use will require a correspondingly longer polymer in order t achieve adequate specificity for its target.
  • anothe embodiment comprises the basic two-subunit set plus one o two additional subunits whose high-specificity bases ar each capable of hydrogen bonding to just one of the fou oriented base-pairs.
  • Such a subunit set containing sub units for all four of the oriented base-pairs allows tar geting of essentially any desired duplex genetic sequence.
  • the subunits can be activated and then coupled in a controlled sequential man ⁇ ner to give the desired binding polymer.
  • Representative polymer assembly procedures for deoxyribose-containing and 2'-O-methylribose-containing subunits are described in Example 6.
  • Representative activation procedures for mor- pholino-containing subunits are described in Example 7;
  • Example 8 describes an exemplary procedure for assembling these activated subunits via solid-phase stepwise addition to give the desired binding polymers; and, Example 9 describes their purification.
  • Figure 20 illustrates one subunit addition cycle of this stepwise assembly procedure using a representative morpholino subunit prepared as in Example 2C and activated as in Example 7A.
  • Figure 21 illustrates a four-subunit-long segment of a representative polymer assembled from the subunit set prepared as in Example 4A-4D, and activated as in Example 7A.
  • a novel coupling procedure can also be used for assembling the desired nucleic acids binding polymers, of which one embodiment is illustrated in Figure 22.
  • This procedure involves: i) providing a subunit, or block of linked subunits, which contains vicinyl aliphatic hydroxyls, but no fre primary amine (e.g., structure l of Figure 22); ii) oxidizing those vicinyl hydroxyls to give dialdehyde component (eg., structure 2 of Figure 22); iii) providing a subunit, or block of subunits, whic contains a free primary aliphatic amine (eg.
  • the vicinyl-hydroxyl-containing moiety can be other than ribose, such as galactose or glucose.
  • this coupling method can be used in either a solution-phase or a solid-phase mode for polymer assembly.
  • the oxida ⁇ tion step and the subsequent coupling step are preferably carried out in alcohol or water or a mixture thereof, and at a pH near neutrality. Although the reduction can be carried out during or after the coupling, best results are obtained when reducing agent, e.g., NaCNBH 4 , is present during the coupling step.
  • Example 10 describes a representative application o this "oxidation/ring closure/reduction" coupling method fo stepwise solid-phase assembly of a binding polymer.
  • polystyrene resin Some of the polymer types of the invention hav relatively poor solubilities for polymer sizes above abou 15-20 subunits, e.g., in the low-micromolar range. It ma thus be desirable to enhance the solubility of the polymer by addition of a hydrophilic moiety, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain. This can be accomplished, according to one approach, by deprotecting the polymer terminus, and reacting the polymer with excess of activated hydrophilic compound, e . g. , PEG activated by bis(p-nitrophenyl)carbonate.
  • a hydrophilic moiety such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • binding poly ⁇ mer is cleaved from the synthesis support and treated with ammonium hydroxide to remove the base-protecting groups, and then purified, preferably by ion exchange chromatography at pH 10.5.
  • ammonium hydroxide preferably ammonium hydroxide
  • purified preferably by ion exchange chromatography at pH 10.5.
  • One preferred hydrophilic molecule is PEG having an average molecular weight of about 1000 daltons (commercially available from Polysciences, Inc. and Aldrich Chem. Co.).
  • polymer may be desirable to modify the polymer to favor its cellular uptake via endocytosis. This may be done, for example, by derivatizing the polymer with a polycationic molecule, such as polylysine. Coupling of such a molecule containing one or more primary amine moieties may be by reaction of the base-protected polymer with a bifunctional coupling agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate, or other commercially available agent (e.g.. Pierce Chemical Company) and then adding the a ine- containing polycationic molecule.
  • a bifunctional coupling agent such as disuccinimidyl suberate, or other commercially available agent (e.g.. Pierce Chemical Company)
  • the terminal N-protective group can be cleaved (leaving the bases still in the protected state) , and reacted with a suitable cross- linking agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate. This pre ⁇ paration is then added to the support material, such as latex microparticles containing suitable linker arms terrai- nating in primary amine moieties.
  • a methoxytritryl- protected 6-aminocaproic acid can be linked to the unpro ⁇ tected N-terminus of the binding polymer using DCC.
  • the binding polymer is then treated with ammonium hydroxide to deprotect the bases, purified by standard methods, and the terminal methoxytrityl is cleaved from the aminocaproic acid moiety.
  • the purified polymer is mixed with support material having suitable linker arms terminating in p-nitrophenylester moieties, to give covalent coupling of the polymer molecules to the support.
  • Binding polymers constructed from subunits having cyclic backbone moieties have a strand polarity analogous to the 5' to 3' strand polarity exhibited by standard phosphodiester-linked polynucleotides.
  • two binding polymers can be constructed, one having the proper sequence of bases ordered from 5' to 3', and the other having the same sequence of bases, but ordered 3' to 5' .
  • the preferred polymer for any selected target sequence of base pairs is readily determined by assembling the two binding polymers containing the appropriate sequence of bases in both possible orientations, and testing these two polymers for their respective binding affinities for the selected duplex target sequence. Similar approaches for determining proper binding orientations for standard polynucleotides are well-known in the art. It should be appreciated that these binding polymers have the potential to bind their target duplex in either or both of the two orientations.
  • the polymer of the invention i used in a diagnostic method for detecting a duplex targe nucleic acid sequence in an analyte.
  • the target sequence is typically a pathogen-specific sequence, such as a virus or bacterial genome sequence, which is to be detected in a biological sample, such as a blood sample.
  • the target sequence is preferably 15 to 25 subunits in length, to provide the requisite sequence specificity, as discussed above.
  • the diagnostic reagent is a solid support, such as a micro-bead, coated by covalen ly-bound polymers effective to specifically bind to the duplex target sequence.
  • the sample is contacted with the solid support under conditions sufficient to effect base-pair- specific binding of the analyte duplex to the support-bound polymer.
  • the binding reaction is performed at 20°-37°C for 10 minutes to 2 hours.
  • the reporter may be a soluble duplex-binding polymer, formed in accordance with the present invention, which is base-pair-specific for a second analyte-specific target sequence in the analyte duplex, and which is labeled with a suitable signal group, such as a fluorescent moiety, for signal detection.
  • the signal group is coupled to the poly- mer by standard coupling methods, such as described in Section II.
  • the washed support containing bound analyte duplex may be reacted with a fluorescent interca ⁇ lating agent specific for nucleic acids, such as ethidium bromide, and then the polymer-bound analyte is assessed by its fluorescence.
  • a reporter-labeled polycationic molecule such as a fluores ⁇ cent-labeled oligo-cation, as described in co-owned pub ⁇ lished PCT Application No.
  • PCT/US86/00545 (WO 86/05519) .
  • the reporter molecule binds by electrostatic interactions with the negatively charged analyte duplex backbone, but does not bind the substantially uncharged polymer molecules on the solid support. After washing the support to remove unbound material, the reporter bound to the solid support, via the sequence-specific analyte/polymer complex, is measured.
  • the in situ hybridization is directed toward a target sequence in a double-stranded duplex nucleic acid, typically a DNA duplex associated with a pathogen or with a selected sequence in chromosomal DNA.
  • a labeled nucleic acid probe is added to the permeabilized structure, the structure is heated to a temperature suf ⁇ ficient to denature the target duplex nucleic acid, and the probe and denatured nucleic acid are allowed to react under suitable hybridization conditions. After removing unbound (non-hybridized) probe, the structure is examined for the presence of reporter label, allowing the site(s) of probe binding to target nucleic acid to be localized in the bio ⁇ logical structure.
  • the method has been widely applied to chromosomal DNA, for mapping the location of specific gene sequences and determining distances between known gene sequences, for studying chromosomal distribution of satellite or repeate DNA, for examining nuclear organization, for analyzin chromosomal aberrations, and for localizing DNA damage i single cells or tissue.
  • chromosomal DNA for mapping the location of specific gene sequences and determining distances between known gene sequences
  • studying chromosomal distribution of satellite or repeate DNA for examining nuclear organization, for analyzin chromosomal aberrations, and for localizing DNA damage i single cells or tissue.
  • Several studies have reported o the localization of viral sequences integrated into host cell chromosomes.
  • the method has also been used to stud the position of chromosomes, by three-dimensional recon struction of sectioned nuclei, and by double in sit hybridization with mercurated and biotinylated probes using digital image analysis to study interphase chromosom topography
  • the polymer of the inven tion is designed for targeting a specific duplex geneti sequence associated with a cellular or subcellular struc ture of interest, such as a chromosomal preparation.
  • Th polymer is derivatized with a suitable label such as fluorescent tag.
  • the polymer is preferably added directl to cells or tissue containing the structure being studied, without first permeabilizing the material. Because th polymer is uncharged it can more readily penetrate into living cells without the need for a per eabilization treat ⁇ ment. It further offers the advantage of being resistant to nuclease degradation.
  • base-pair-specific binding can occur at normal physiological temperatures, again allowing detection of duplex targets under conditions of normal cell activity, and without heat disruption of the material being studied.
  • the structure being studied may be examined directly, e.g., by fluorescence microscopy, to observe site-specific localization of the duplex target sequence and possible movement thereof.
  • the material may be fixed, e.g., by ethanol treatment, washed to remove unbound reporter, and viewed in fixed form by microscopy.
  • Another general application of the polymer invention is for isolating duplex nucleic acid structures from a nucleic acid mixture, such as a mixture of genomic frag ⁇ ments, a blood sample containing a selected viral duplex, or a mixture of plasmids with different duplex inserts in different orientations.
  • a nucleic acid mixture such as a mixture of genomic frag ⁇ ments, a blood sample containing a selected viral duplex, or a mixture of plasmids with different duplex inserts in different orientations.
  • the binding polymer used in the method is (a) designed for base-pair-specific binding to a selected target duplex sequence and (b) capable of being isolated from a liquid sample after capture of the target duplex.
  • the polymer may be bound to a solid support, as described above, or may be derivatized with a ligand moiety, such as biotin, which permits capture on a solid support, or immunoprecipitation, after binding to the target duplex.
  • the polymer is added to the sample material and incu ⁇ bated under conditions which allow binding of the polymer to its target sequence, typically for 10 minutes to 2 hours at 20°-37°C. After binding has occurred, the polymer and bound material is isolated from the sample.
  • the isolated material may be released from the polymer by heating, or by chaotropic agents, and further amplified, if necessary by polymerase chain reaction methods, and/or clonal propaga ⁇ tion in a suitable cloning vector.
  • the polymer of the invention is also useful for producing selected site-specific modifications of duplex DNA in vitro. These may include cutting a duplex species at a selected site, or protecting a selected region against restriction or methylating enzymes.
  • the latter application is useful particularly in recombinant DNA technology, wher it is often advantageous to be able to protect a vector o heterologous DNA seguence against cutting by a selecte restriction endonuclease, or where it is desired to selec- tively prevent methylation at a given restriction site.
  • the polymer is derivatized with a cleaving moiety, such as a chelated iron group, capable of cleaving duplex DNA in a polymer bound state.
  • the polymer sequence is selected to place the cleaving group, which is typically coupled at one polymer end, adjacent to the site to be cleaved.
  • the polymer includes a sequence for binding to the 4-8 base- pair sequence which specifies a selected restriction enzyme sequence - plus any additional proximal bases effective to give increased specificity for a unique target sequence.
  • the material is treated with the selected restriction or methylating enzyme. After enzyme treatment, the treated duplex is "deprotected" by heating.
  • the polymers of the invention by their ability to bind to duplex target sequences, have the potential to inactivate or inhibit pathogens or selected genomic sequences, such as oncogenes,. associated with disease. Origins of replication and enhancer and promoter sequences are particularly sensitive to inactivation by duplex-directed binding agents, because the agent can occupy a target site required for initiation of replication or transcription of the targeted gene. Such gene-control sequences are known for many pathogenic genes, and also for a variety of oncogenes which have been characterized in humans. For some therapeutic applications, it may be desirable to modify the binding polymer to favor its delivery to cer ⁇ tain cells or tissues, or to favor its delivery to certain subcellular organelles, such as the nucleus (Chelsky) .
  • bind ⁇ ing polymer This can be accomplished, for example, by linking the bind ⁇ ing polymer to a suitable signal structure, such as desialylated galactosyl-containing proteins (Gregoriadis, 1975) or a cluster of galactose moieties, which favors uptake by liver cells; or such as D-mannose or L-fucose, which favor uptake by Kupffer cells and macrophages; or such as insulin or related peptides, which may then be actively transported across the blood/brain barrier.
  • a suitable signal structure such as desialylated galactosyl-containing proteins (Gregoriadis, 1975) or a cluster of galactose moieties, which favors uptake by liver cells; or such as D-mannose or L-fucose, which favor uptake by Kupffer cells and macrophages; or such as insulin or related peptides, which may then be actively transported across the blood/brain barrier.
  • the polymer should generally contain at least 16 base-pair-specific subunits, to minimize the possibility of undesired binding to sequen- ces other than the intended target sequence.
  • Candidate target structures can be determined from analysis of geno ⁇ mic sequences, such as are available in a variety of sequence databases. Preferred target structures are those which are (a) well conserved across strains, and (b) have a base-pair sequence which is compatible with the set of subunits available for forming the polymer.
  • the target sequence preferably contains at least about 70% C:G and T:A oriented base-pairs, and the remainder G:C and/or T:A.
  • the subunit generally a nucleoside or nucleoside analog, (10 mmol, which has been dried by coevaporation with pyridine several times) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL) , and treated with chlorotrimethyl- silane (2-3 equivalents of silane per hydroxyl group in the substrate) .
  • the solution is stirred one hour, or until solution is complete (sonication may be employed with dif ⁇ ficultly soluble substrates) .
  • An alkyl chloroformate, acid chloride, or anhydride, or other suitable activated carb ⁇ oxylic acid derivative is added (1.05-4.0 equivalents per amino group in the substrate) .
  • Typical chlorofor- mates which are useful include 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl chloride, 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Himmelsbach) , and 2-(phenylsulfonyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Balgobin) .
  • Typical acid chlorides include benzoyl, isobutyryl, and trichloroacetyl.
  • Typical anhy- drides include acetic, isobutyric, and trifluroacetic.
  • Other acid derivatives include acyl hydroxybenzotriazolide (prepared from the acid chloride and dry hydroxybenzotri azole in acetonitrile) . The latter are advantageously use to introduce the phenylacetyl group.
  • pri mary amino groups may be protected as amidines by th procedure of McBride, et al.
  • the crude product, or the purified nucleoside is resubjected to acylation by the general procedure using benzoyl chlo- ride to introduce the N-6 benzoyl group.
  • benzoyl chlo- ride to introduce the N-6 benzoyl group.
  • acylating agent (1.05-1.2 equivalents)
  • N2-isobutyrl deoxyguanosine is converted by the procedure of Trichtinger, et al, into the 06 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethyl derivative.
  • guanosine may be converted into the 06 diphenylcarbamoyl derivative by the method of Kamimura, et al. Following treatment with ammonia (1:1 cone, ammonium hydroxide/DMF) or IN LiOH in pyridine/ethanol at 0 C, the N2-propionyl 06-diphenylcarbamoyl guanosine is produced.
  • the alcohol bearing substrate (10 mmol) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL) and treated with 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl chloride, triethylamine (20 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.5 mmol). After several hours at room temperature the mixture is treated with water (5 mL) then poured into cold, satd. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (or chloroform) and the combined organic layers are dried (sodium sulfate) and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed on silica to give pure dimethoxytritylated compound.
  • the 5'-O-dimethoxytrityl protected derivatives of the following are available from Sigma (St. Louis, MO, USA) : N-4 benzoyldeoxycytidine, N-2 isobutyryldeoxyguanosine, thymidine.
  • 2,6-Diaminopurine-2'-deoxyriboside is available from Sigma and is protected at the primary amino groups and the primary hydroxy group by the methods in Example 1.
  • Example 1 They may be converted into their base protected analogues by the general methods in Example 1 (for example, N-2 isobutyryl for the guanosine derivative, N-2 phenylacetyl, N-6 benzoyl for the 2-aminoadenosine derivative, N-4 benzoyl for the cytidine derivative) .
  • the primary hydroxy is protected as in Example 1.
  • a ribose-containing subunit having the base in the protected form, is oxidized with periodate to a 2'-3' dialdehyde.
  • the dialdehyde is closed on ammonia or primary amine and the 2' and 3' hydroxyls (numbered as in the parent ribose) are removed by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
  • toluenesulfonic acid After another 30 minutes, another 0.2 mole of toluenesulfonic acid is added and the mixture is chilled and filtered. The solid precipitate is dried under vacuum to give the tosylate salt of the free amine.
  • a moderately strong (pKa ⁇ 3) aromatic acid such as toluenesulfonic acid or 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, provides ease of handling, significantly improved yields, and a high level of product purity.
  • Filtration of the tosylate salt of the 2,6- diaminopurine-containing morpholino subunit also works well.
  • the tosylate salts of the guanine- containing and uracil-containing subunits are generally more soluble in methanol.
  • the methanol is removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between brine and isopropanol - with the desired product going into the organic phase.
  • the base-protected morpholino subunit can then be protected at the annular nitrogen of the morpholino ring using trityl chloride.
  • tritylation step to 2 liters of acetonitrile is added, with stirring, 0.1 mole of the tosylate salt from above, followed by 0.26 mole of triethylamine and 0.15 mole of trityl chloride.
  • the mixture is covered and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, after which 100 ml of methanol is added, followed by stirring for 15 minutes.
  • the solvent is removed under reduced pressure and then 400 ml of methanol is added.
  • the solid is thoroughly suspended as a slurry, 5 liters of water is added, the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered. The solid is washed with 1 liter of water, filtered and dried under vacuum.
  • the solid is resuspended in 500 ml of dichloromethane, filtered, and rotovaped until precipitation just begins, after which 1 liter of hexane is added and stirred for 15 minutes. The solid is removed by filtering, and dried under vacuum.
  • a ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to the 5'amine and that 5' amine tritylated, as per Stirchak, Summerton, and Weller (1987), or by the method described in Example 2E below.
  • the vicinyl 2' and 3' hydroxyls of th ribose are then oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3 dialdehyde.
  • the dialdehyde is closed on glycine in th presence of triethylamine.
  • the 2' and 3' hydroxyl (numbered as in the parent ribose) are subsequently remove by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
  • dialdehyde can be closed on ammoni and reduced as in Example 2C, and then the morpholin nitrogen alkylated with bromoacetic acid buffered with N,N diethylaniline.
  • Examples 2C and 2D illustrate the preparation of morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the beta orientation - that is, the same orientation as in the parent ribose.
  • Analogous morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the alpha orientation can be prepared by the following general approach.
  • the 5' hydroxyl of a ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to a secondary amine by established methods (see Example 2D above) . Thereafter, following the general procedures of Example 2C above, the vicinyl 2' and 3' hydroxyls of the ribose are oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3' dialdehyde. The 2' aldehyde rapidly closes on the secondary amine at the 5' position (numbered as in the parent Ribose) .
  • Reduction with cyanoborohydride then generates a structure containing a morpholino ring wherein the annular morpholino nitrogen is tertiary, and containing a 5'aldehyde in the alpha orientation.
  • One method to introduce the desired secondary amine at the 5' position of the ribose moiety entails: a) conversion of the 2',3' hydroxyls to an acetal as per the method of Smith, Rammler, Goldberg and Khorana (1961) ; b) oxidation of the 5'hydroxyl to an aldehyde using DMSO/pyridine/trifluoroacetic acid/diisoproylycarbodiimide (the Moffat oxidation); c) reacting this 5' aldehyde with glycine (or the tert-Butyl ester of glycine) in the presence of cyanoborohydride; and, regeneration of the 2',3' hydroxyls by acid cleavage of the acetal.
  • a ribose-containing subunit can be converted to the 5'carbazate as follows. To 10 mMole of ribose-containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected state, add 100 ml of anisylaldehyde and 0.5 g of tosic acid. Stir at room temperature for 48 hours. Add the reaction mixture to 500 ml hexane and collect the precipitate. Purify the product by silica gel chromatography developed with ether. The resulting product is reacted with 2 equivalents of bis(p- nitrophenyl)carbonate plus 2 equivalents of triethylamine in acetonitrile for 8 hours at 30 deg. C.
  • the product is purified by silica gel chromatography developed with a 5% to 15% acetone/chloroform mixture.
  • the product is reacted with 4 equivalents of t-butylcarbazate in DMF for 4 hrs at 50 deg. C.
  • the reaction mixture is added to water and the precipitate collected and suspended in DMF/Con NH 4 OH, 1:1 by vol overnight at 30 deg. C.
  • the ammonium solution is added to brine and the insoluble product collected an dried under vacuum.
  • the dry product is dissolved i trifluoroacetic acid and, after 5 minutes, ether is adde to precipitate the product, which is triturated twice wit ether.
  • Th desired 5'carbazate product can generally be purified b silica gel chromatography developed with N-ethylmorpho line/methanol/chloroform, 1:4:6 by volume, or preferably, purified by recrystalization from a suitabl aqueous/organic mixture.
  • a ribose-containing subunit can be converted to th 5'-sulfonylhydrazide as follows. Ten mMole of ribose- containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base- pair recognition moiety in the protected state, is converted to the anisylacetal derivative as described in Example 2F above.
  • a primary amine is introduced into the 5' position o a ribose-containing subunit following th oxidation/reductive alkylation procedure described i Example 2E, excepting Ammonia is used instead of Glycine.
  • This 5' primary amine is then acylated with N-tert- butoxycarbonyl glycine, p-nitrophenyl ester.
  • Afte purification, the protective groups are removed b treatment with DMF/con NH 4 OH, and then with trifluoroacetic acid, and the final 5'-glycinamide derivative worked up as in Example 2F.
  • This procedure gives a mono-ionic phosphonic acid having a pyridinium counter ion.
  • This product is added to chloroform, followed by addition of the ribose-containing subunit wherein exocyclic amines of the base is in the protected form and the 2'and 3' hydroxyls are protected as the anisylacetal.
  • DCC is added to couple the phosphonate to the 5'oxygen of the subunit.
  • the product is dried and chromatographed on silica using methanol/chloroform mixtures.
  • the pure product is next base-deprotected wit DMF/conNH 4 OH, 1:1 by vol. and then suspended i trifluoroacetic acid to remove the trityl and the anisy protective group
  • the exocyclic amino group is acylated by refluxing with phthaloyl dichloride in pyridine followed by reaction of the diazepine with pyra- zole in refluxing acetonitrile according to the method of Katritzky.
  • the compound is reacted with either bromine or N-bromosuccinimide or 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin either neat or in carbon tetrachloride or chloroform or 1,1,1-trichloroethane with the aid of a high-intensity sun lamp and/or benzoyl peroxide, to provide the benzylic bromide.
  • the a inobenzimidazole is protected by reaction with 4-(dimethoxymethyl)-morpholine (prepared from 4-formyl morpholine by the general procedure of Bredereck et. al.) in methanol to form the amidine.
  • the remaining reactive site of the benzimidazole is protected by reaction with pivaloyl chloride under the conditions of Example 1.
  • the final acylation may be done with - (dimethylamino)benzoyl chloride.
  • An alternative amino protecting group is formed by reaction of the unprotected benzimidazole with 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde in methanol in the presence of piperidine (10 mole%) and methanesulfonic acid (5 mole%) .
  • the resulting imine is acylated as for the amidine.
  • the primary hydroxyl group is protected with the dimethoxytrityl group as per Example 1.
  • 3-Acetamidophenol (Aldrich Chemical Co.) is nitrated to give the 2-nitro-5-acetamidophenol. Reduction with hydrogen and palladium/carbon and reaction with trifluoroacetic anhydride or trichloroacetic anhydride give the 2-trihaloacetamido derivative. This is nitrated to give the 4-nitro species and the trihaloacetyl group removed by brief ammonolysis to give 5-acetamido-2-amino-4-nitrophenol.
  • 2,5-Anhydro-3 ,4 ,6-tri-O-benzoyl-D-allonothioamide (Pickering) is treated with methyl iodide and sodium hydride to give the corresponding methyl thioimidate.
  • the thioamide is reacted with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Aldrich) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in dichloromethane to produce the imide.
  • the imide is treated with methyl iodide or methyl triflate in the presence of diisopropylethylamine to give the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl methyl thioimidate. Any of these are suitable for reaction with aromatic 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenols to produce benzimidazole or benzoxazole derivatives of deoxyribosides, respectively.
  • the ribose nucleoside is prepared as for th deoxyribonucleoside in Example 3A1 except that th O-silylated lactam is reacted in the presence of mercuri bromide or silver trifluoromethanesulfonate with th ribosyl bromide prepared from by treatment o l-O-acetyl-2,3,5-tri-O-benzoyl-D-ribofuranose with HBr i benzene as per the procedure of Maeba et al.
  • Example 3A2 By the same procedures in Example 3A2, the aminopheno is reacted with the activated thioamide from the previou paragraph to produce the benzoxazole which is furthe converted into the protected nucleoside by the procedure in Example 3A2.
  • the morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the O-silylated lactam from Example 3A1 with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (Sigma) (with or without the presence of mercuric bromide or silver trifluoromethane ⁇ sulfonate) .
  • the glycoside is converted into the morpholino nucleoside in the usual way except that twice the normal amount of sodium periodate is employed.
  • N- tritylation Example 2C
  • hydrazinolysis of the base protecting groups the base is reprotected as in Exampl 3A1.
  • the morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the benzylic bromide from Example 3A1 with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine (Tamura) to give the glycosyl lactam directly. This is converted into the morpholino nucleoside by the usual procedure except that twice the amount of sodium periodate must be employed in the oxida ⁇ tion step. Following N-tritylation (Example 2C) and hydrazinolysis of the base, reprotection is accomplished as in Example 3A1.
  • Example 3A1 the methyl 4-acetamido-2-methyl-5-ni- trobenzoate from Example 3A1 is brominated as in Example 3A1 and reacted with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine.
  • the N-acetyl is removed with 1-10% NaOH in 90% ethanol, the nitro is reduced with palladium/carbon and hydrogen, and the aminobenzimidazole is formed by reaction with cyanogen bromide in refluxing ethanol.
  • the aminobenzimidazole is protected as in Example 3A1.
  • the riboside prepared in Example 3B1 is converted into a morpholine-containing subunit following the procedure in Example 2C.
  • Example 3B2 By the same procedures in Example 3B2, the aminopheno is reacted with the activated thioamide from the paragrap above to produce the benzoxazole which is further converte into the N-protected galactoside by the procedures i Example 3B2. This is converted into the morpholine nucleo side by the usual procedure except that twice the normal amount of periodate must be employed in the oxidation step.
  • the N-trityl group is introduced by the method in Example 3C1.
  • Guanosine is converted into its 2-phenylacetyl deri ⁇ vative by the method in Example 1. This is converted into the morpholine nucleoside tosylate salt by the methods in Example 2C. It may be tritylated by reaction with tri ⁇ phenylmethyl chloride in acetonitrile containing triethyl ⁇ amine. The reaction mixture is poured into water and the product filtered. It is purified by recrystallization from acetonitrile. B. TA-specific subunit.
  • Example 1 This is converted into the morpholin nucleoside by the methods in Example 2C. It is tritylate by the procedure in Example 5A
  • the isolated aminophenol is reacted with an active thioamide derivative from Example 3C to give the 6-(2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-galactosyl)-oxazolo[4 ,5-f]- -2(3H)-benzoxazolone.
  • Reaction with phosphoryl chloride followed by ammonolysis gives the 2-aminobenzoxazole. This is N-protected by the usual procedure to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl , phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
  • the morpholine nucleoside is prepared from the galactosyl species above by the procedures in Example 2C except with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in the oxidation step in order to form the dialdehyde required for reductive amination. The latter step is performed by the usual methods.
  • the morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • 2-Methyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid is nitrated with cold fuming nitric acid to give the 5-nitro derivative which is reduced using palladium catalyst in a hydrogen atomosphere to the 5-amino species.
  • This is converted into the methyl ester by the procedure in Example 3A1.
  • This is converted to the 2-aminobenzoxazole using cyanogen bromide and the exocyclic amino group acylated by the methods in Example 1 with acetyl, methoxyacetyl, trichloroacetyl, isbutyryl or benzoyl.
  • the compound is converted into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3A1.
  • the morpholine nucleoside is prepared first by reac ⁇ tion of the benzylic bromide with beta-D-glucopyrano ⁇ sylamine as in Example 3C. Then, methanolic periodate cleavage using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate and reductive amination give the morpholine nucleoside. This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • the benzylic bromide is reacted with ammonia to produce the lactam which is O-silylated with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or tert-butyldi- methylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and 2,6-di-tert-bu- tylpyridine.
  • the O-silylated lactam is reacted with tetra- acetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (with our without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate or mercuric bromide) , followed by ammonolysis and reprotection of the primary amino group as in Example 5C1.
  • the glycoside is converted into the morpholine nucleoside in the usual way except that twice the normal amount of sodium periodate is employed.
  • the morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • D. GC-specific subunit D. GC-specific subunit.
  • 5-Chloro-2,4-dinitrophenol (Carnelley) is treated with chloromethyl benzyl ether and diisopropylethyl amine, and the ether is treated with the sodium salt of methyl cyano- acetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid.
  • Example 3C Cleavage of the acetal (hydrogen/palladium on carbon) and reaction with an activated thioimide deriva- tive from Example 3C produces the pyrrolobenzoxazole which, after ammonolysis, may be base protected by the procedur in Example 1 to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
  • the morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the galactoside with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in order to form the dialdehyde required for reductive amination. The latter step is performed by the usual methods.
  • the molecule is tritylated by the method in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • the lactam from above is O-silylated as in Example 5C2.
  • the lactim ether is reacted with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (with or without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate or mercuric bromide) .
  • This is reacted the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid.
  • the acyl groups are all removed by ammonolysis and the base reprotected by the usual procedure as the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phen ⁇ oxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
  • 4-chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid is nitrated with fuming nitric acid in concentrated sulfuric acid to give the 5-nitro derivative.
  • this is reacted with the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid.
  • the amine is protected by reaction with trichloroacetic anhydride, methoxyacetic anhydride, acetic anhydride, isobutyryl chloride or benzoyl chloride.
  • This is converted into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3C.
  • the benzylic bromide is converted into the lactam glucoside by treatment with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine.
  • the glucoside above is reacted with methanolic perio ⁇ date using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate followed by reductive amination to give the morpholino nucleoside. This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • 5-Formyl-2'-deoxyuridine (Barwolff and Langen) is dissolved in methanol and treated with manganese dioxide in the presence of sodium cyanide and acetic acid according to the general procedure of Corey to provide the methyl ester.
  • the ester is reacted with tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate in dichloromethane in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine to protect the alcohols.
  • the heterocycle is acti- vated by the method of Bischofberger (NaH, triisopropyl- benzenesulfonyl chloride, THF) .
  • the 4-O-sulfonated hetero ⁇ cycle is treated with the tosylate salt of benzhydryl alanine (Aboderin) in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine in DMF to give the cytosine derivative.
  • the cyto- sinyl alanine derivative is oxidized to the dehydroamino acid by the general procedure of Poisel and Schmidt (tert- butyl hypochlorite in THF, followed by one equivalent of potassium tert-butoxide in THF) .
  • the product is treated with a catalytic amount of potassium tert-butoxide in hot THF to provide the pyrimidopyridine.
  • the benzhydryl ester is removed by hydrogenolysis using hydrogen over palladium/carbon.
  • the acid is treated with diphenylphos- phoryl azide in benzyl alcohol (or benzyl alcohol/dioxane) containing triethylamine according to Shioiri, et al.
  • benzyl alcohol or benzyl alcohol/dioxane
  • the molecule is N protected as the trichloroacetamide or phenylacetamide b the usual procedure.
  • 5'-formyluridine prepared fro 5-methyluridine by the procedures in Barwolff and Langen, is converted into the corresponding pyrimidopyridin riboside.
  • the riboside is converted into the morpholin nucleoside by the usual procedure, and protected as the N trityl derivative.
  • Subunits containing ribose, galactose, or glucose moieties are prepared as in Example 4, and their respective sugar moieties are converted to the N-
  • Dimethylaminodichlorophosphate is prepared as follows: a suspension containing 0.1 mole of dimethylamine hydro ⁇ chloride in 0.2 mole of phosphorous oxychloride is refluxed for 12 hours and then distilled (boiling point is 36°C at 0.5 mm Hg) .
  • Activation of the 5'Hydroxyl of a morpholino-contain ⁇ ing subunit prepared as in Example 2C entails dissolving one mmole of 5'hydroxy1 subunit, base-protected and trity- lated on the morpholino nitrogen, in 20 ml of dichloro ⁇ methane. To this solution 4 mmole of N,N-diethylaniline and 1 mmole of 4-methoxypyridine-N-oxide are added. After dissolution, 2 mmole of dimethylaminodichlorophosphate is added. After two hours the product is isolated by chroma- tography on silica gel developed with 10% acetone/90% chloroform. The same procedure, except substituting ethyl- dichlorothiophosphate instead of dimethylaminodichlorophos ⁇ phate, gives an activated subunit with similar utility.
  • the 5'hydroxy1 of a morpholino-containing subunit, having exocyclic amino groups of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, prepared as in Example 2C can be converted to the amine as follows. To 500 ml of DMSO is added 1.0 mole of pyridine (Pyr) , 0.5 mole of triflouro- acetic acid (TFA) , and 0.1 mole of the morpholino subunit. The mixture is stirred until dissolved, and then 0.5 mole of diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) or dicyclohexylcarbodi ⁇ imide (DCC) is added.
  • DIC diisopropylcarbodiimide
  • DCC dicyclohexylcarbodi ⁇ imide
  • the reaction mixture is added to 8 liters of rapidly stirred brine, which is stirred for 30 minutes and filtered.
  • the solid is dried briefly, washed with 1 liter of ice cold hexanes, filtered, and the solid is added to 0.2 mole of sodium cyanoboro- hydride in 1 liter of methanol, stirred for 10 minutes, 0.4 mole of benzotriazole or p-nitrophenol is added, followed by 0.2 mole of methylamine (40% in H ⁇ 0) and the preparation is stirred four hours at room temperature [Note: the benzotriazole or p-nitrophenol buffers the reaction mixture to prevent racemization at the 4' carbon of the subunit at the iminiu stage of the reductive alkylation] .
  • reaction mixture is poured into 5 liters of water, stirred until a good precipitate forms, and the solid is collected and dried.
  • This dried product is next suspended in DMF and 4 equivalents of S0 3 /pyridine complex is added. Over a period of several hours, 8 equivalents of triethyl ⁇ amine is added dropwise with stirring. After an additional two hours the preparation is dumped into a large volume of brine and the solid collected by filtration and dried. This sulfamic acid preparation is then purified by silica gel chromatography.
  • This example describes the preparation of a morpholino subunit protected on its 5' oxygen and sulfated on its mor- pholino ring nitrogen.
  • Morpholino-containing subunit pre pared as in Example 2C, but not carried through the las tritylation step, is silylated on its 5' hydroxyl with t butyldimethlsilyl chloride.
  • This product is then treate with SO j /pyridine complex (with excess pyridine) in di methylformamide (DMF) to give a sulfamic acid on th annular morpholino nitrogen.
  • salts of sulfami acids can be chromatographed on silica gel using triethyl amine/ ethanol/chloroform mixtures if the silica is firs pre-eluted with 2% triethylamine in chloroform.
  • This sulfamic acid on the morpholino nitrogen is con ⁇ verted to the sulfamoyl chloride and purified as in Example 7B above.
  • Carboxylate-containing subunits such as prepared in Examples 2D and 2E, are activated as follows. Ten mmole of the subunit is dissolved in DMF containing 20 mmole of p- nitrophenol and 15 mmole of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. After 1 hour the product is rotovaped and then purified by silica gel chromatography developed with a mixture of Acetone and Chloroform.
  • Example 8 Representative Solid-Phase Polymer Assembly of Morpholino-containing Subunits
  • This example describes a method which is generally applicable for assembly of activated subunits, prepared as in Examples 7A and 7B, to give phosphorodiamidate-linked, ethylthiophosphoramidate-linked, and sulfamate-linked binding polymers.
  • a similar scheme wherein the coupling step includes the addition of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and use of N,N-diisopropyl-2- methoxyethylamine instead of diisopropylethanolamine, is suitable for assembly of subunits prepared as in Example 7 to give sulfamate-linked polymers.
  • a similar scheme, wherein the coupling step is carried out in dimethylform- amide instead of dichloromethane, is suitable for assembly of subunits activated as in Example 7D to give amide-linked polymers.
  • Linker Aminomethyl polystyrene resin (Catalog no. A1160, from Sigma Chemical Co.) 1% divinylbenzene crosslinked, 200 to 400 mesh, 1.1 mMole of N per gram, is suspended in dichloromethane and transferred to a 1 cm diameter column having a frit on the bottom, to give a resin bed volume of 2.5 ml.
  • MicroMole of the above linker is dissolved in 1 ml of dichloromethane and added to the resin in the synthesis column and the resin suspension agitated for 3 hours at 30 deg. C. Next, 1 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol and 1 mMole of acetic anhydride is added and agitation continued for 10 minutes, followed by addition of 2 mMole of benzyl- methylamine and agitation for 20 minutes. The column is washed with 30 ml dichloromethane. Based on release of trityl, the above procedure typically gives on the order of 100 to 110 micromoles of bound linker.
  • the secondary aliphatic amine generated upon cleavage fro the polystyrene support provides an excellent site for attachment of said moieties at this stage of the polymer preparation.
  • the polymer product is next dissolved in DMF and an equal volume of conNH 4 OH added, the preparation capped tightly, and incubated 18 hrs at 37 deg. C.
  • the preparation is dried under reduced pressure to give a polymer preparation wherein the base-pair recognition moieties are deprotected and at one end of the polymer is a trityl moiety, and at the other end is a secondary aliphatic amine - which, as noted above, may be derivatized prior to the ammonia treatment.
  • the full-length polymer having a terminal trityl moiety (typically greater than 50% of the total mass of the preparation for a 24-subunit long polymer) can be separated from the capped failure sequences by low pressure chromato ⁇ graphy on a column of chromatographic grade polypropylene (Catalog No. 4342 from PolySciences Inc.) developed with an acetonitrile/water gradient, with the eluant monitored photometrically at 254 nm. Purifications generally go better when the polymer is suspended in water and then the solution adjusted to pH 11 with dimethylamine and the eluting solvents also adjusted to pH 11 with dimethylamine.
  • the tritylated full-length polymer elutes appreciably later than the non-trityl-containing capped failure sequences.
  • the fractions containing full-length polymer ar collected and dried down under reduced pressure.
  • the poly mer preparation is then detritylated by suspending i trifluoroethanol (1 g polymer in 25 ml TFE) and 1.5 ml o ercaptoacetic acid added. After 10 minutes, 100 ml o ether is added and the final pure product collected b centrifugation or filtration.
  • the solid support used in this synthesis should be hydrophilic, but should not contain vicinyl hydroxyls.
  • the polymer is cleaved from the support washing the column with 50 ml of DMF, and then eluting th column with a solution consisting of 2.5 ml of diethyl malonate, 5 ml of l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, an 43 ml of DMF.
  • the polymer is then precipitated from thi eluant by adding ether.
  • the full-length polymer can be purified by lo pressure chromatography on a column of chromatographi grade polypropylene (Catalog No.
  • NMR Polymer Structural Characterization. NMR, and even two-dimensional NMR, appears to provid little useful structural information for these heteropoly mers when they are of any significant length. Likewise elemental analysis has not been found to be of value.
  • Polymers prepared as in Example 8 and cleaved from th solid support, but not yet treated with ammonium hydroxide generally show relatively clean parent ions for polymers u to about 16 to 18 subunits in length, when assessed b positive fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry.
  • Fo longer polymers, and for polymers lacking protective group on the bases (such as prepared in Example 10) effectiv mass analysis requires procedures such as laser desorptio or electro spray.

Abstract

The present invention describes a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide at least two different-oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence. The composition includes an uncharged backbone with 5- or 6-membered cyclic backbone structures and selected bases attached to the backbone structures effective to hydrogen bond specifically with different oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Also disclosed are subunits useful for the construction of the polymer composition. The present invention also includes methods for (i) coupling a first free or polymer-terminal subunit, and (ii) isolating, from a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selected sequence of base-pairs.

Description

SEQUENCE-SPECIFIC BINDING POLYMERS FOR DUPLEX NUCLEIC ACIDS
The present invention is a continuation-in-part appli¬ cation of U.S. patent application Serial No. 719,732, filed June 20, 1991, now allowed, which is a continuation-in-part of application Serial No. 07/454,055, filed December 20, 1989 (now issued as U.S. Patent No. 5,034,506).
1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to an uncharged polymer capable of binding with sequence specificity to double stranded nucleic acids containing a selected base-pair sequence.
2. References
Aboderin, Delpierre, and Fruton, J. Amer. Che . Soc. 1965, 87, 5469
Aoya a (1987). Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. £50 2073.
Arnott & Bond (1973). Science 181 68; Nature New Biol. 244 99.
Arnott & Seising (1974). J. Molec. Biol. J38. 509.
Balgobin, McBride, Kierzek, Beaucage and Caruthers Bassingdale (1986) . J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 108 2040.
Barwolff and Langen, in "Nucleic Acid Chemistry," Townsend and Tipson, Ed. Wiley, New York, 1978 page 359.
Belikova, Zaratova, & Grineva (1967) . Tet. Letters 37 3557.
Bischofberger, Tetrahedron Letters (1987) 2j$.2821.
Bredereck, et al, Chemische Berichte (1968) 101 41. Bunemann et al. (1981). Biochem. 2.0 2864. Carnelley and Dutt, J. Chem. Soc. 125, 2483. Chamberlin & Patterson (1965) . J. Molec. Biol. jL2410. Chelsky et al. (1989). Mol. Cell. Biol. 9.2487. Cooney et al. (1988). Science 241 456. Corey, Gilman, and Ganem (1968) . J. Am. Chem. Soc. 90 5616.
Elguero et al. (1976) . The Tautomerism of Hetero- cycles. Adv. in Heterocyclic Chem. Supplement I. Academic Press. NY. Fischer-Fantuzzi & Vesco (1988) . Molec. & Cell. Biol. 8.5495.
Flavell & Van den Berg (1975). FEBS Letters 58.90. Gregoriadis & Needunjun (1975) . Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. _5.537. Himmelsbach and Pfleiderer (1983). Tet. Lett. 24.3583. Hoffer (1960). Chemische Berichte 93.2777. Hoogsteen (1959). Acta Cryst. 12.822. Inaman (1964). J. Mol. Biol. 10 137. Jones (1979) . Int. J. Biol. Macromolec. 1 194. Jurgens (1907) . Chemische Berichte 4O 4409. Kabanov (1989). FEBS Letters 258.343. Kamimura, Tsuchiya, Urakami, Koura, Sekine, Shinozaki, Miura and Hata (1984). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106 4552. Karpova et al. (1980) . FEBS Letters 122 21. Katritzky and Yates (1976). J. Chem. Soc, Perkin Trans. 1 309.
King, McWhirter, and Barton (1945) . J. Am. Chem. Soc. 67 2089.
Kosturko et al. (1979) . Biochem. 18.5751. Kundu & Heidelberger (1974). Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 6O 561.
Kundu et al. (1975). J. Med. Chem. 18.395 & 399. Kundu (1980). J. Med. Chem. 23.512. Le aitre, Bayard & Leblue (1987). PNAS 84.648. Maeba et al (1983). J. Org. Chem. 48.2998.
Mahler, Wold, Dervan (1989). Science 245 725. Miller et al. (1979). Biochemistry .18 5134.
Miller et al. (1980). J. Biol. Chem. 255 9659.
Miller et al. (1985). Biochimie .67 769.
Miura and Hata (1984). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106 4552. Morgan & Wells (1968). J. Molec. Biol. 37 63.
Moser & Dervan (1987). Science 238 645.
Myers and Lee (1984). Carb. Res. 132 61.
Ozdowska (1974). Rocz. Chem. 48. 1065.
Pelaprat et al. (1980) J. Med. Chem. 22 1330, 1336. Peltier (1956). Belg. Soc. Science, Bretagne 3_1 26.
Phillips (1928). J. Chem. Soc. 2393.
Pickering, Srivastava, Witkowski, and Robins, Nucleic Acid Chemistry, Part 1, Ed. by Townsend and Tipson, John Wiley and Sons, New York, p 145. Pitha & Pitha (1970). Biopolymers 9.965.
Poisel and Schmidt (1975) . Chemische Berichte 108 2547.
Povich (1989). J. Amer. Chem. Soc. Ill 3059.
Rich & Seeman (1975) . Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, Vol. 2, pages 465-466.
Robins, Naik, and Lee (1974). J. Org. Chem. .39 1891.
Robins, Hansske, Bernier (1981). Can. J. Chem. 59 3360.
Sakore et al. (1969). J. Molec. Biol. .43 385. Schmitz & Galas (1979). Nucleic Acids Res. 6.111.
Schnneller and Christ (1981) . J. Heterocyclic Chem. 18 654.
Schultz, Taylor, & Dervan (1982). JACS 104 6861.
Schultz & Dervan (1983). PNAS 8O 6834. Sekine, Peshakova, Hata, Yokoyama and Miyazawa (1987) . J. Org. C e . 52.5061.
Shioiri, Ninomiya, Yamada (1972) . J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 14 6203.
Sluka et al. (1987). Science 238 1129. Smith, Rammler, Goldberg and Khorana (1961) . J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 84 430.
Stirchak, Summerton, & Weller (1987) . J. Org. Chem. 52 4202. Stirchak, Summerton, & Weller (1989) . Nucleic Acids Res. 17 6129.
Summerton & Bartlett (1978b) . J. Molecular Biology 122 145-162.
Summerton (1979) . J. Theor. Biol. 78.61-76. Summerton (1979). J. Theor. Biol. 78.77-99. Tamura and Okai (1984) . Carb. Res. 133 207. Toulme et al. (1986). PNAS 83.1227. Trattner, et al (1964) . J. Org. Chem. 129.2674. Trichtinger, Charbula and Pfleiderer (1983) . Tet. Lett. .24 711.
Voet & Rich (1970) . Progress in Nucleic Acids Res. & Molec. Biol. 10.183 - 265.
Youngquist & Dervan (1985). JACS 107 5528. Zamecnik & Stephenson (1978) . PNAS 75.280. Zuidema, Van den Berg & Flavell (1978) . Nucleic Acids Res. 5.2471.
3. Background of the Invention
Oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide analogs designed to inactivate selected single-stranded genetic sequences unique to a target pathogen were first reported in the late 1960's by Belikova, 1967, and subsequently by: Pitha, 1970; Summerton, 1978a,b, 1979a,b; Zamecnik, 1978; Jones, 1979; Karpova, 1980; Miller, 1979, 1980, 1985; Toulme, 1986; Stirchak, 1987, 1989. Polymeric agents of this type achieve their sequence specificity by exploiting Watson/Crick base pairing between the agent and its comple¬ mentary single-stranded target genetic sequence. Because such polymers only bind single-stranded target genetic se- quences, they are of limited value where the genetic infor- mation one wishes to inactivate exists predominantly in the double-stranded state.
For many pathogens and pathogenic states duplex gene¬ tic sequences offer a more suitable target for blocking genetic activity. One of the earliest attempts to develop a sequence-specific duplex-directed nucleic acid binding agent was reported by Kundu, Heidelberger, and coworkers during the period 1974 to 1980 (Kundu 1974; Kundu 1975; Kundu 1980) . This group reported two monomeric agents, each designed to hydrogen-bond to a specific base-pair in duplex nuc." ic acids. However, these agents were ineffec¬ tive, probably for two reasons. First, they utilized a nonrigid ambiguous hydrogen-bonding group (an amide) which can act as either a proton donor or acceptor (in the hydrogen-bonding sense) . Secondly, they provided an insufficient number of hydrogen bonds (two) for complex stability in aqueous solution. Experimental results from a variety of systems suggest that hydrogen-bonded complexes are stable in aqueous solution only if there are a substan- tial number (probably at least 12) of cooperative intermo- lecular hydrogen bonds, or if there are additional stabi¬ lizing interactions (electrostatic, hydrophobic, etc.).
Another early attempt was reported by Dattagupta and Crothers at Yale and coworkers in Germany (Kosturko 1979; Bunemann 1981) . These workers employed a polymer prepared from a dye known to intercalate into duplex DNA rich in G:C base-pairs and another dye which preferentially binds to duplex DNA rich in A:T base-pairs, probably via minor-groove sites. Preparation of the polymer involved modification of the two dyes by adding acrylic moieties and then polymerization of a mixture of the modified dyes in the presence of duplex DNA of defined sequence (the template) . The expectation was that the resultant polymer would show a specific affinity for duplex DNA having the same sequence as the template DNA. However, such material proved to exhibit only nominal sequence specificity. variety of bis-intercalating agents designed to bind t specific sequences in duplex DNA have also been reporte (Pelaprat, 1980) , but such agents inherently give onl minimal sequence specificity.
More recently, Dervan has taken a natural B-form-spec- ific minor-groove-binding antibiotic (Distamycin) and systematically extended its structure to achieve a signifi¬ cant level of sequence specificity (Schultz 1982; Schultz 1983; Youngquist 1985). He has also appended to this oligomer an EDTA/Fe complex which under certain conditions acts to cleave the duplex target sequence near the agent's binding site. However, this particular approach will not lead to the high level of specificity which is needed for therapeutic applications because the inherent symmetry of the H-bonding sites in the minor groove provides too little sequence information.
Still more recently, Dervan and coworkers reported a binding agent which utilizes the informationally-richer polar major-groove sites of a target genetic duplex for sequence-specific recognition (Sluka 1987) . This entailed adapting a synthetic polypeptide, comprising the DNA- sequence-recognition portion of a DNA-binding protein, for cleaving DNA at the protein's binding site on duplex DNA. The cleaving activity was achieved by linking an EDTA/Fe complex to the amino terminus of the synthetic peptide and demonstrating that this complex selectively cleaved duplex DNA at or near the parent protein's natural target sequence. Another approach to duplex targeting has grown out of studies first reported in the late 1950's that demonstrat¬ ed, via X-ray diffraction, that under high salt conditions an all-thymine or all-uracil polynucleotide can bind to specific polar major-groove sites on a Watson/Crick genetic duplex having all adenines in one strand and all thymines or uracils in the other strand (Hoogsteen 1959) . Subse¬ quently, it was reported that in high salt and at pH values lower than 7, an all-cytosine polynucleotide, having the cytosine moieties protonated, can bind in a similar manner to a Watson/Crick duplex having all guanines in one strand and all cytosines in the other strand.
Thereafter, is was demonstrated that under high salt and at a pH below 7, a polynucleotide containing both cytosines and thymines (or uracils) can bind to a Wat- son/Crick duplex having the appropriate sequence of purines in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Morgan, 1968) .
In the 1970,s this Hoogsteen binding mechanism was exploited for affinity chromatography purification of duplex genetic fragments containing runs of purines in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Flavell, 1975; Zuidema, 1978) . In 1987 Dervan and coworkers exploited this Hoogsteen binding mechanism to position an all- pyrimidine polynucleotide, carrying an EDTA/Fe cleaving moiety, onto a target genetic duplex having a specific sequence of purines in one strand and pyrimidines in the other strand (Moser, 1987) .
A major-groove binding mode different from the Hoogsteen mode was reported in the mid-1960's and involves binding of an all-purine polynucleotide, poly(dl) , to a poly(di)/poly(rC) duplex (Inamn 1964) and to a poly(di)/poly(dC) duplex (Chamberlin 1965). Similarly, a mostly-purine polynucleotide has been recently used by Hogan and coworkers (Cooney, 1988) for blocking the activity of a selected natural duplex genetic sequence. These workers reported that in the presence of 6 mM Mg++ a mostly-purine polynucleotide (24 purines, 3 pyrimidines) of a specific sequence inhibits transcription of the human C- myc gene in a cell-free system. To date, reported polynucleotides used for binding to genetic duplexes fail to satisfy one or more important criteria for effective use within living organisms. First, the Hoogsteen-binding polynucleotides (polypyrimidines) containing cytosines require a lower-than-physiological pH in order to achieve effective binding (due to the necessity of protonating the cytosine moieties) , although it has recently been demonstrated by Dervan and coworkers that the use of 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines allows Hoogsteen binding at a pH somewhat closer to physiological (Mahler, 1989) , and use of both 5-methylcytosines in place of cytosines and 5-bromouracils in place of thymines (or uracils) improves binding still further (Povsic, 1989) .
Secondly, in the case of polypurine polynucleotides, both inosine (hypoxanthine) and adenine moieties lack adequate sequence specificity and adequate binding affinity for effective major-groove binding in intracellular appli¬ cations. The inadequate sequence specificity for inosine (In an, 1964) and adenine (Cooney, 1988) moieties derives from the fact that inosine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a C:I (or C:G) base-pair (i.e., NH4 of c and 06 of G or I) and an A:T or A:U base-pair (i.e., NH6 of A and 04 of T or U) , and because adenine can bind with similar affinity to the central polar major-groove sites of both a T:A or U:A base- pair (i.e., 04 of T or U and NH6 of A) and a G:C base-pair (i.e., 06 of G and NH4 of C) , as discussed further below. The low binding affinity of inosine for its target base-pairs and of adenine for its target base-pairs is due to the fact that these purines can form only two less-than- optimal hydrogen-bonds to the major-groove sites of their respective target base-pairs.
Thirdly, both polypyrimidine and polypurine polynucle¬ otides fail to achieve effective binding to their target genetic duplexes under physiological conditions, due to the substantial electrostatic repulsion between the three closely-packed polyanionic backbones of the three-stranded complexes. Although this repulsion can be attenuated b high salt (Morgan, 1968) , divalent cations (Cooney, 1988) , or polyamines (Moser, 1987), nonetheless, for applications in living cells, and particularly cells within intact organisms, control of intracellular cation concentrations is generally not feasible.
In addition, for therapeutic applications polynucleot- ides are less than optimal because: they are rapidly sequestered by the reticuloendothelial lining of the capillaries, they do not readily cross biological mem¬ branes, and they are sensitive to degradation by nucleases in the blood and within cells. Finally, for many in vivo applications of sequence- specific duplex-directed nucleic acid-binding agents, the principal target is DNA, which appears to exist within cells predominantly in a B or B-like conformation. In this context, polynucleotides which have been used for major- groove binding to genetic duplexes (Moser, 1987; Cooney, 1988) have a unit backbone length which is shorter than optimal for binding to duplex genetic sequences existing in a B-type conformation.
4. Summary of the Invention
The present invention includes a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duplex polynucleotide containing at least two different oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the target sequence. The polymer is formed of a specific sequence of subunits selected from the following forms:
Figure imgf000012_0001
where Y is a 2- or 3-atom length, uncharged intersubunit linkage group; R' is H, OH, or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a β stereochemical orientation in the 5-membered ring and a uniform stereochemical orientation in the 6-membered ring; R; has a β stereochemical orientation; and at least about 70% of j groups in the polymer are selected from two or more of the following base-pair-specificity groups: (a) for a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, R; is 2,6-diamino- purine; (b) for a C:G oriented base-pair Rj is guanine or 6-thioguanine; (c) for a G:C oriented base-pair, R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
Figure imgf000012_0002
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group; such as a carbonyl oxygen; and (d) for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, R{ is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
Figure imgf000012_0003
* where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donat¬ ing group, such as NH~.
In one embodiment, for use in sequence-specific bind¬ ing to a duplex nucleic acid sequence in an A conformation, the Y linkage group is two atoms in length. In another embodiment, for use in sequence-specific binding to a B- form DNA-DNA duplex nucleic acid sequence, the Y linkage group is three atoms in length.
In another aspect, the invention includes a method for coupling a first free or polymer-terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
Figure imgf000013_0001
where Rj is a planar ring structure having two or more hydrogen-bonding sites, with a second free or polymer- terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
Figure imgf000013_0002
where Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety. The method includes i) oxidizing the first subunit to generate a dialdehyde intermediate; ii) contacting the dialdehyde intermediate with the second subunit under conditions effective to couple a primary amine to a dialdehyde; and (iii) adding a reducing agent effective to give a coupled structure selected from the following forms:
Figure imgf000014_0001
In still another aspect, the invention prov des a method for isolating, from a liquid sample, a target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selected sequence of base- pairs. The method includes first contacting the sample with a polymer reagent containing structure which allows isolation of the reagent from solution, and attached to this structure, a polymer composition of the type described above, where the polymer composition has a subunit sequence effective to bind in a sequence-specific manner with the selected sequence of base-pairs. The contacting is carried out under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to the selected sequence of base-pairs.
Further, the polymers of the present invention can be used to detect the presence of a target nucleic acid sequence. For example, a support-bound polymer composition can be contacted with a test solution containing the selected duplex genetic sequence under conditions effective for sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to its target sequence of base-pairs. The support-bound polymer with bound selected duplex genetic sequence is then separated from the test solution. The presence of the polymer/target duplex sequence is then detected. Detecting the selected genetic sequence may, for example, utilize one of the following: fluorescent compounds, such as, ethidiu bromide and propidium iodide, effective to intercalate into duplex genetic sequences; or reporter moieties linked to oligocationic moieties effective to bind to the polyanionic backbone of nucleic acids.
Also forming part of the invention is a subunit compo¬ sition for use in forming a polymer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide. The composition includes one of the following subunit structures:
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Figure imgf000015_0001
where R' is H, OH, or 0-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a β stereochemical orientation in subunit forms (a) , (c) , and (d) and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit form (b) ; X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; and X and Y together are such that when two subunits of the subunit set are linked the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged; Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety; and, Rif which may be in the protected state and has a β stereochemical orientation, is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
Figure imgf000016_0001
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group; or, where Rj is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
Figure imgf000016_0002
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donating group. Another embodiment of the present invention includes a method for inhibiting the biological activity of a selected duplex genetic sequence. In this method, a suitable target sequence of base-pairs is selected within the selected duplex genetic sequence whose activity is to be inhibited. A polymer composition, as described above, is provided which is effective to bind in a sequence- specific manner to the target sequence. The polymer composition is contacted with the selected duplex genetic sequence under substantially physiological conditions. This method may further include contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence where contacting the polymer composition with the selected genetic sequence entails targeting the polymer composition to a tissue or site containing the selected genetic sequence to be inactivated. Some methods of delivery include delivering the polymer composition in the form of an aerosol to the respiratory tract of a patient and/or injecting an aqueous solution of the polymer composition into a patient. These and other objects and features of the present invention will become more fully apparent when the follow¬ ing detailed description of the invention is read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
Brief Description of the Drawings Figures 1A-1D illustrate T:A (IA) , A:T (IB), C:G (IC) and G:C (ID) oriented Watson-Crick base-pairs, showing the major-groove hydrogen-binding sites of the base-pairs (arrows) ;
Figures 2A and 2B illustrate tautomeric forms of 2-amino pyrimidine (2A) , and 2-pyrimidinone (2B) ;
Figures 3A and 3B illustrate rigid (3A) and non-rigid (3B) hydrogen-bonding arrays; Figures 4A-4D illustrate standard positioning for a U:A base-pair in an A conformation and the approximate position of helical axis for an A-form duplex (4A) , the use of this positioning scheme for assessing Ra, ΘΛ, and A values for a subunit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites of a U:A base-pair in an A conformation (4B) , the standard positioning for a T:A base-pair in a B conformation and the approximate position of helical axis for a B-form duplex (4C) , and the use of this positioning scheme for assessing R„, θh, and A values for a subunit base hydrogen bonded to the polar major-groove sites of a T:A base-pair in a B conformation (4D) ;
Figures 5A-5C show representative 2'-deoxyribose (5A) , ribose (5B) , and ribose-derived backbone structures (5C) suitable for use in forming the polymer of the invention; Figures 6A-6F show representative morpholino backbone structures suitable for use in forming the polymer of the invention;
Figures 7A-7E show representative acyclic backbone structures suitable for forming the polymer of the invention;
Figure 8A shows a representative coupled acyclic backbone structure with a 4-atom unit backbone length, 8B-
8C show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 5-atom unit backbone length, and 8D-8E show coupled acyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length.
Figures 9A-9D show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 6-atom unit backbone length, and 9E-9F show representative coupled cyclic backbone structures with a 7-atom unit backbone length;
Figures 10A and 10B illustrate a guanine base and its binding to a C:G oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (10A) and a diaminopurine base and its binding to a T:A oriented Watson-Crick base-pair (10B) ; Figures 11A and 11B show hydrogen bonding of a cytosine base to a G:C (11A) and T:A (11B) oriented base- pair;
Figures 12A and 12B show hydrogen bonding of a uracil base to an A:T (12A) and C:G (12B) oriented base-pair; Figures 13A-13D illustrate the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a tautomeric base designed for binding to a G:C or A:T Watson-Crick base-pair (13A) , and three specific embodiments of the 13A structure (13B-13D) ; Figures 14A and 14B show the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 13B structure to a G:C (14A) and A:T (14B) oriented base-pair;
Figures 15A-15D illustrate the general skeletal ring- structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson- Crick base-pair (15A) , and three specific embodiments o the Figure 15A structure (15B-15D) ;
Figure 16 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 15 structure to a G:C oriented base-pair; Figure 17A illustrates the general skeletal ring structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachmen position of a base designed for binding to a G:C Watson Crick base-pair, and Figure 17B shows a specific embodimen of the 17A structure hydrogen bonded to a G:C oriente base-pair;
Figure 18A-18D illustrate the general skeletal ring- structure, hydrogen bonding array, and backbone attachment position of a base designed for binding to an A:T or A: Watson-Crick base-pair (18A) , and three specific embodiments of the 18A structure (18B-18D) ;
Figure 19 shows the hydrogen bonding of the Figure 18D structure to an A:T oriented base-pair;
Figure 20 illustrates the coupling cycle used in an exemplary solid-phase synthesis of one embodiment of this binding polymer;
Figure 21 illustrates a segment of a polymer constructed according to the invention, and designed to bind to a region of an A-form genetic duplex having the sequence of base-pairs: C:G, A:T, T:A, and G:C. Figure 22 illustrates the coupling cycle in a novel method for assembling nucleic acid-binding polymers.
Detailed Description of the Invention I. Polymer Subunit Construction The polymer of the invention is designed for binding with base-pair specificity to a selected sequence (the target sequence) in a strand of duplex nucleic acid. As used herein, duplex sequence refers to a sequence of contiguous oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, where the four oriented base-pairs are: A:T (or A:U) , T:A (or U:A) , G:C, and C:G, where A, T, U, G, and C, refer to adenine, thymine, uracil, guanine, and cytosine nucleic acid bases, respectively.
The polymer is formed of subunits, each of which comprises a cyclic backbone structure and linkage group, which collectively form an uncharged backbone, and a base attached to the cyclic backbone structure, which provides base-pair-specific hydrogen-bonding to the target. The requirements of the backbone structure, linkage group, and attached base in the polymer subunits are detailed below. In the context of these duplex binding polymers, the term "base" refers to planar base-pair-specific hydrogen- bonding moieties.
A. Subunit Base Requirements
Because of the symmetry of the polar minor-groove sites and the asymmetry of polar major-groove sites in Watson/Crick base-pairs, to achieve a given level of sequence specificity a minor-groove-binding agent would have to recognize twice as many base-pairs as would a corresponding major-groove-binding agent. Accordingly, hydrogen-bonding of the subunit base is to the polar sites in the major groove of the target duplex.
Figures 1A-1D shows T:A, A:T, C:G, and G:C oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, with the major-groove hydrogen- bonding sites indicated by arrows in the figure. For the T:A and A:T oriented base-pairs, the polar major-groove sites include the N7 and a hydrogen on the N6 of adenine and the 04 of thymine (or uracil) . For the C:G and G:C oriented base-pairs, the polar major-groove sites include the 06 and N7 of guanine and a hydrogen on the N4 of cytosine.
In order to make a significant contribution to the free energy of binding and to provide adequate base-pair specificity, the subunit base should form at least two hydrogen bonds to its target base-pair. That is, each subunit base in the polymer should contain at physiological pH a hydrogen-bonding array suitable for binding to two or three of the polar major-groove sites on its respective oriented target base-pair. Table 1 shows the hydrogen- bonding arrays comprising the polar major-groove sites for each of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, and the corresponding hydrogen-bonding array of the subunit base suitable for hydrogen-bonding to said polar major-groove sites.
Table 1
Oriented hydrogen-bonding Reguired hvdrogen-bonding base-pair array of base-pair array of subunit base
A:T ** H **
T:A ** H **
Figure imgf000021_0001
C:G H ** **
Figure imgf000021_0002
G:C ** ** H
Figure imgf000021_0003
In the table, X is generally an N, 0, or S atom, but can also be F, Cl, or Br, having a non-bonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen bonding, and ** represents the nonbonded pair of electrons suitable for hydrogen- bonding. As indicated above, the polymer subunit base should contain the specified hydrogen-bonding array at physio¬ logical pH (in contrast to the case for cytosine moieties used for Hoogsteen-type major-groove binding) . This assures that at physiological pH, binding of the subunit base makes a substantial contribution to the free energy of binding between the polymer and its target duplex.
At physiological pH the subunit base should be predo¬ minantly non-ionized. More specifically, basic moieties should have pKb values of at least 7.5 or greater, and acidic moieties should have pKa values of at least 7.7 or greater. This lack of substantial ionic charge provides two advantages. First, for applications in living cells, the lack of ionic groups on the binding polymers facili- tates passage of the polymer across biological membranes. Second, lack of negative charges avoids the problem of charge repulsion between the binding polymer and the negatively charged phosphates of its target duplex.
Major-groove hydrogen-bonding arrays of the four ori- ented Watson/Crick base-pairs are illustrated in Table 2.
Figure imgf000022_0001
In Table 2, H is a hydrogen bound to a nitrogen, and
** is an electron pair of nitrogen or oxygen available for hydrogen bonding.
The respective positioning of the base-pair H-bonding arrays shown in Table 2, which approximates their relative positions in the major-groove of a duplex genetic sequence, illustrates the fact that two of the H-bonding sites of a C:G base-pair (NH4 and 06) are positioned nearly the same as two of the H-bonding sites of an A:T(U) base-pair (NH6 and 04) . Likewise, two of the hydrogen-bonding sites of a G:C base-pair (06 and NH4) are positioned nearly the same as two of the H-bonding sites of a T(U) :A base-pair (04 and NH6) . Because of these similarities in positioning between central hydrogen-bonding sites of the oriented base-pairs, subunit bases which hydrogen-bond only to the polar sites near the center of the major-groove (underlined in the above table) lack adequate specificity for a given base-pair. Accordingly, in order for a subunit base to achieve high specificity for a single oriented base-pair, the base should hydrogen bond to the N7 of its respective target base-pair. If a subunit base is to bind to only one of the four oriented Watson/Crick base-pairs, the tautomeric state of that subunit base should be sufficiently fixed under conditions of use so that at least two of the hydro¬ gen-bonding groups positioned for base-pair binding will not tautomerize to give a structure capable of H-bonding with comparable affinity to a base-pair other than the intended one. To illustrate, Figure 2A shows an acceptably fixed structure (2-amino pyrimidine, which exists almost exclusively in the 2-amino tautomeric form) . Figure 2B shows a second structure which lacks specificity for a single base-pair due to its facile tautomerization under physiological conditions (2-pyrimidinone) . Dominant tautomeric forms of a wide assortment of representative heterocyclic structures have been tabulated in a book edited by Elguero, Marzin, Katritzky & Linda (1976) .
The subunit bases should have structures which provide a relatively rigid arrangement of at least two of the base-pair H-bonding groups positioned for base-pair bind¬ ing. Such rigidity is best afforded by a ring structure wherein at least two of the polar hetero atoms to be in- volved in H-bonding to the target base-pair are either part of the ring or directly attached to the ring. To illus¬ trate. Figure 3A shows a structure (2-amino-3-cyano pyr¬ role) which satisfies this rigidity requirement. Figure 3B shows a structure (2-carboxamide pyrrole) which fails to satisfy the requirement.
The simplest sequence-specific binding polymers are those which bind to a target which is composed of contigu¬ ous base-pairs in the polynucleotide duplex. This, in turn, requires that the subunit bases of the binding poly¬ mer be no thicker than the target base-pairs to which they are to bind. Accordingly, each subunit structure should be planar. This is best achieved by using subunit bases having aromatic character and/or having plane trigonal bonding for most or all ring atoms.
B. Subunit-Binding Constraints
Considering now the geometric requirements of the polymer subunits, most duplex nucleic acids adopt either of two general conformations. RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA duplexes adopt an A-type conformation. DNA/DNA duplexes adopt a B- type conformation, but can readily convert to an A confor¬ mation under certain conditions, such as high salt or low polarity solvent. In duplex nucleic acids the polar major-groove sites on each of the Watson/Crick base-pairs are fairly regularly positioned with respect to corresponding arrays of major- groove sites on neighboring base-pairs, with the relative positions being defined by the helical conformation para- meters of axial position, axial rise, and axial rotation. In principle, the backbone attachment positions of the different subunit bases, when the bases are hydrogen-bonded to their respective target base-pairs, need not be posi¬ tioned in any regular way relative to their target base- pairs. However, when there is significant variability in the relative backbone attachment positions of the different subunit bases relative to their target base-pairs, each of the backbone structures of the component subunits in the polymer must be custom tailored with respect to backbone length and position of subunit base attachment, leading to extremely high development and production costs.
However, if all of the subunit bases of a given sub¬ unit set have similar backbone attachment positions and angles relative to their respective target base-pairs, then all subunits of the set can have identical backbone struc¬ tures, greatly simplifying the synthetic effort required for polymer construction. To this end, the polymer sub¬ units used in the present invention are selected, according to criteria described below, to have similar backbone attachment positions and angles.
To understand what is meant by similar backbone posi¬ tions and angles, reference is made to Figure 4A, which shows a Watson/Crick base-pair (W/C bp) positioned relative to the helical axis (denoted Kt) of an A-form genetic duplex, i.e., (A, 12, 0.326) RNA. The lower horizontal line in the figure connects the two ribose Cl' atoms of the
Watson-Crick base-pair, and the vertical line (denoted PB) is the perpendicular bisector of the first-mentioned line.
The backbone attachment position and angles of a sub- unit base are then determined by positioning the subunit base on its corresponding target base-pair in this stan¬ dardized position, with the subunit base being hydrogen bonded to the appropriate polar major-groove sites on the Watson-Crick base-pair, as shown for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base in Figure 4B.
The backbone attachment position of the subunit base, relative to its A-form target duplex, can then be described by an R. and 6*. value, where R. is the radial distance, in angstroms, from the helical axis of the A-form target duplex to the center of the backbone atom (denoted B) to which the subunit base is attached, and 0, is the angle, in degrees, about this helical axis, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector to the center of the afore¬ mentioned backbone atom. The attachment angle, A, is defined as the angle, in degrees, measured clockwise from the perpendicular bisector, between the perpendicular bisector and a line parallel to the bond between the subunit base and the backbone moiety.
Figure 4B illustrates Ra, 6-., and A parameters for a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a U:A base-pair in an A conformation. Figure 4C illustrates a correspondingly positioned base-pair of a B-form duplex, and Figure 4D illustrates Rb, _-b, and A parameters for this 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base hydrogen-bonded to a T:A base-pair in a B conformation.
In order to unambiguously define the target base-pair for a selected subunit base with a given backbone attach¬ ment site, two orientations for each Watson/Crick base-pair in the target duplex must be considered. The resultant 4 oriented base-pairs are designated as A:T, T:A, C:G, and G:C (and corresponding base-pairs where U replaces T) . The orientations of these base-pairs are defined in Table 3.
Table 3
Oriented Base-pair θ value for N7 of Purine
Designation of Target Base-pair
A:T (A;U) > 180°
T:A (U:A) < 180° C:G < 180°
G:C > 180°
In principle, the backbone attachment position for any given subunit base, in position on its target base-pair, can have a 0 value, X°, in the range of 0° to 180°. By flipping the target base-pair, the 0 value of that same target-bound subunit base is changed to 360° - X°. The convention used in the following discussion is that the 0 value for each subunit base of the binding polymer is less than 180°.
Thus, in the context of selecting a subunit set suitable for assembling the binding polymers disclosed herein, to explicitly define which orientation of a given base-pair constitutes the target for a specified subunit base, it is important to designate the orientation of that target base-pair such that the backbone attachment position of the base-pair-bound subunit base has a 0 value less than 180°. To illustrate, a 2,6-diaminotriazine subunit base having a backbone moiety attached through the C4 of the triazine (Figure 4B) can bind to a U:A base-pair in an A conformation to give a 0 value of 28°. When this same subunit base is hydrogen-bonded to that same base-pair in the base-pair's opposite orientation (ie. , A:U) , the 0 value for the subunit base is 332° (ie. , 360° - 28°). The convention used herein dictates that the target base-pair for this subunit base is U:A (where 0 is < 180°) , and not A:U (where 0 is > 180°) .
Acceptable values of R, 0, and A for prospective recognition moieties can be readily obtained with CPK molecular models (The Ealing Corp., South Natick, Mass., USA) . Slightly more accurate values can be estimated by optimization of the hydrogen-bonding in the subunit base/base-pair triplex via a computer molecular mechanics program, such as are available commercially. The subunit bases should be so selected that a given subunit set (the set of subunits used in assembly of a given polymer) all have R values within about 2 angstroms of each other, 0 values within about 20° of each other, and A values within about 30° of each other. In order for a subunit base to have a high specificity for only one of the oriented base-pairs, it is important that the subunit base not be able to bind to a given base-pair in both orientations (eg., G:C and C:G) simply by rotation of the subunit base about its linkage to its backbone structure. Therefore, the earlier-described backbone attachment position or angle should be asymmetrical with respect to the Cl' positions of the target base-pair. Specifically, 0, for the subunit base should have a value greater than about 10°, or the attachment angle. A, for the subunit base should have a value greater than about 25°.
C. Backbone Structure Constraints This section considers the backbone structure con¬ straints for a selected subunit set. Principally, the structure should be joinable in any selected order to other subunit structures via uncharged linkages having the gene¬ ral properties discussed in Section D below. Further, the subunit backbone structures and linkages must provide pro¬ per spacing and allow correct orientation and positioning of their respective subunit bases for effective binding of the subunit bases to their respective oriented base-pairs in the target duplex sequence. A principal requirement for the subunit backbone structure and linkage is that it provide a means for join¬ ing the subunits in essentially any specified order. This requirement can be satisfied by structures containing either heterologous or homologous linking groups. Hetero- logous type backbone moieties contain a nucleophilic group (N) on one end and an electrophilic group (E) on the other end, as illustrated below.
N E
The preferred functional groups for the N component include primary and secondary amine, hydrazine, hydroxyl. sulfhydryl, and hydroxylamine. The preferred functiona groups for the E component include the following acids an derivatives thereof: carboxylic, thiocarboxylic, phos phoric, thiophosphoric, esters, thioesters, and amides o phosphoric and thiophosphoric, phosphonic and thiophos phonic, and sulfonic acid. Other suitable E groups includ aldehyde, dialdehyde (or vicinal hydroxyls suitable fo conversion to a dialdehyde) , alkyl halide, and alkyl tosylate. Homologous type backbone moieties can be of two types, one type having nucleophilic end groups and the other type having electrophilic end groups; or, a single homologous backbone moiety can be alternated with an appropriate linker. These alternatives are illustrated below: N N alternated with E E
N N alternated with E linker
N linker alternated with E E
Preferred functional groups for N and E are as in the heterologous backbone moieties. Preferred E linkers include carbonyl; thiocarbonyl; alkyl, ester, thioester, and amide of phosphoryl and thiophosphoryl; phosphonyl and thiophosphonyl; sulfonyl; and, oxalic acid. A preferred N linker is 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine.
The present invention contemplates a variety of both cyclic and acyclic backbone structures, as will be illu¬ strated in Figures 5-9 below. One limitation of acyclic backbone structures is that activation of the electrophilic linking groups preparatory to polymer assembly, can lead to varying amounts of undesired intramolecular attack on sites of the subunit base. By contrast, with properly structured cyclic backbone moieties, the activated electrophile can be effectively isolated from reactive sites on the subunit base, thereby reducing unwanted intramolecular reactions.
However, use of aliphatic cyclic backbone moieties does entail the presence of multiple chiral centers in each backbone structure. With proper selection of cyclic backbone structures, synthetic challenges associated with such multiple chiral centers can be largely circumvented, by utilizing readily available natural products for the backbone moiety or, preferably, for the entire subunit, or as a proximal precursor thereto.
This preference for backbone structures, or entire subunits, from natural sources reflects the difficulty, and corresponding greater expense, of de novo preparation of aliphatic ring structures having multiple chiral centers. Accordingly, preferred categories of cyclic backbone moieties are those comprising, or readily derived from, deoxyribose or ribose. In addition, certain other natural cyclic structures wherein a single enantiomer is available, or can be readily prepared or isolated, are also preferred. Figures 5A-5C illustrate exemplary cyclic backbone struc¬ tures comprising or derived from deoxyribosides or ribo- sides. R' in the figure indicates H or alkyl, and Rj indicates the subunit base, which, as seen, has the same β- orientation as natural nucleosides. Figures 6A-6F illu¬ strate exemplary cyclic morpholino backbone structures derivable from ribosides, having either a jS-orientation (Figures 6A-6C) or an α-orientation (Figures 6D-6F) for the 5'-methylene (numbered as in the parent ribose) , again with a β orientation of the R£ base. The synthesis of such subunits will be described below and in Examples 1-5. Figures 7A-7E show representative types of acyclic backbone structures.
D. Intersubunit Linkages
This section considers several types and properties of intersubunit linkages used in linking subunits to form the polymer of the invention. First, the backbone must be stable in neutral aqueous conditions. Since the binding polymers are designed for use under physiological condi- tions it is necessary that the intersubunit linkages b stable under said conditions. The linkages must also b stable under those conditions required for polymer assem bly, deprotection, and purification. To illustrate thi stabilityrequirement, an alkyl sulfonate (R-(S02)-0-CH2-R') is precluded because the resultant structure is undul sensitive to nucleophilic attack on the CH-. Further, whil carbonates (R-0-(C=0)-0-R') and esters (R-(C=0)-0-R') ca be successfully prepared, their instability under physio logical conditions renders them of little practical value. Secondly, the backbone must be adaptable to a confor mation suitable for target binding. If the intersubuni linkage is such that it exhibits specific rotational con formations (as is the case for amides, thioamides, ureas, thioureas, carbamates, thiocarbamates, carbazates, hydrazides, thiohydrazides, sulfonamides, sulfamides, an sulfonylhydrazides) then it is important either that th rotomer compatible with target binding be the lowest energ conformation, or that the barrier to rotation between th conformations be relatively low (ie. , that the conforma tions be rapidly interchangeable at physiological tempe ratures) . Thus, a secondary amide (N-alkyl amide, whic prefers to adopt a trans conformation) would be acceptabl if the trans conformation is suitable for pairing to th target duplex. By contrast, tertiary amides and relate N,N-dialkyl structures generally have two approximatel equal low energy conformations, and so to be useful in a binding polymer, the linkages should have a relatively lo energy barrier to interconversion between the two conformations.
The barrier to rotation between two conformers can be assessed by NMR as follows: At a temperature where the two conformers are interconver ing slowly relative to the NM time scale (on the order of 10"8 sec) two distinct signals are often seen, each representing a single conformer. As the NMR spectra are taken at progressively higher tempera¬ tures, the two conformer signals coalesce - indicating rapid interconversion. The coalescence temperature (Tc) thus provides a useful measure of the rotational freedom of various linkage types. For example, N,N-dimethylformamide exhibits a Tc of about 114°C (Bassindale, 1984) and con- formers of analogous tertiary amides have been found to interconvert slowly in biological macromolecules. By contrast, an N,N-dialkyl carbamate-containing structure exhibits a Tc just under 44°C (unpublished results obtained in support of the present invention) , indicating reasonable conformational freedom at physiological temperature.
An N,N-dialkylsulfinamide (which should have a rota¬ tional energy barrier similar to that of sulfonamide and related substances) has been reported to have a Tc lower than minus 60°C (Tet. Let. .10 509 (1964)). Based on these considerations, backbone linkages containing N,N-dialkyl- type carbamate, thiocarbamate, carbazate, and various amidates of phosphorous and sulfur are preferred, while N,N-dialkyl-type amide, thioamide, urea, thiourea, hydrazide, and thiohydrazide linkages are generally unacceptable.
Third, the backbone should be uncharged. For thera¬ peutic applications it is desirable to design these binding polymers so that they i) are not sequestered by the reticu- loendothelial lining of the capillaries; ii) readily cross cell membranes; iii) are resistant to degradation by nucleases; and, iv) are not repelled by the high density of negative charge on the backbones of the target duplex. These design objectives are best achieved by using both intersubunit linkages and backbone moieties which are largely uncharged (non-ionic) at physiological pH.
When the subunit bases are positioned on contiguous base-pairs of their target sequence via hydrogen-bonding, and if all recognition moieties of the subunit set have well matched R, 0, and A values, then the distance from th subunit base attachment position of one backbone moiety t the attachment position of the next backbone moiety is th square root of: (R sine(rot))2 + (R cosine(rot) - R)2 + (rise)2 where R is the distance from the helical axis to the cente of the atom of the backbone moiety to which the subuni base is attached, rot is the axial rotation value for th target duplex (typically about 30° to 33° for an A-for duplex and 36° for a B-form duplex) , and rise is the axia rise value for the target duplex (typically about 2.8 t
3.3 A for an A-form duplex and 3.4 A for a B-form duplex) .
It is this distance which must be spanned by the uni backbone length of the binding polymer, i.e., the length o one backbone structure plus the intersubunit linkag between backbone structures. However, it should b emphasized that both A-form (RNA/RNA and RNA/DNA duplexes) and B-form (DNA/DNA) target duplexes are somewhat flexibl and so can generally accommodate binding polymers whic have unit backbone lengths which are a fraction of a angstrom shorter or longer than the calculated lengt requirement. Further, it should be appreciated tha DNA/DNA in a B conformation can be converted to an conformation under certain conditions. In selecting a particular backbone structure, the following factors bear on the required length and so should be taken into consideration: first, any conformational restrictions imposed by hindered rotations about bonds such as amides and carbamates; second, when the subunit bases are in position on their target base-pairs, any steric interactions between these bases and the target duplex, and between the bases and the polymer backbone; third, steric interactions between different components of the backbone structure; and fourth, for cyclic backbone moieties, favored conformations of the component ring structure of the subunit backbone structures.
A generally satisfactory way to determine whether or not a prospective polymer backbone is likely to be acceptable for use against a particular target conformation (e.g., A-form or B-form) is to assemble with CPK molecular models a representative target genetic duplex in the desired conformation, with subunit bases H-bonded thereto, and then add the prospective polymer backbone. If the prospective polymer backbone can be easily attached without having to adopt an energetically unfavorable conformation, and if the attachment of the polymer backbone does not cause significant perturbation of the target structure, and if there are no unacceptable steric interactions, then the backbone should be operable. Additional support for the suitability of a prospective backbone structure can be obtained by modeling the polymer/target triplex on a computer using a molecular mechanics program to obtain an optimized bonding structure via an energy minimization procedure. Such modeling can, on occasion, identify significant unfavorable interactions (eg. , dipole-dipole repulsions) which might be overlooked in the initial CPK modeling.
As noted above, such factors as R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases of a given subunit set, and steric and rotational constraints of particular subunit structures and intersubunit linkages, bear on how long a unit backbone must be in order to provide the correct spacing of subunit bases for binding to a target duplex in a given conformation. However, as a rule, subunit sets wherein the subunit bases of the set have R. values less than about 7 angstroms and 0 values clustered within about 12° of each other, and A values clustered within about 20° of each other, generally require a 4-atom or 5-atom unit-length acyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figures 8A-8C, or a 6-atom unit-length cyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 9A-9D, for binding to target duplexes in an A-type conformation.
Subunit base sets having Rb values less than about 11.5 Angstroms, 0b values within about 9° of each other, and A values clustered within about 20° of each other generally require a 6-atom unit-length acyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 8D-8E, or a 7-atom unit-length cyclic-type backbone, such as shown in Figure 9E-9F, for binding to target duplexes in a B-type conformation.
However, it should be noted that DNA/DNA duplexes, which generally exist in a B conformation, can readily convert to an A conformation. Two such conditions which cause this B to A transition are high salt and low polarity solvent. It also appears that a B to A conformational transition of the target duplex can be induced by duplex- directed binding polymers having backbone unit-lengths shorter than optimal for binding to a B-form duplex. However, such conformation transitions incur a cost in free energy of binding, and so, to compensate, the binding poly¬ mer's affinity for its target must be increased accordingly. Because of the feasibility of this B to A conformational transition of target duplexes, for some ap¬ plications the shorter unit-length backbones suitable for A-form target duplexes can also be used for targeting genetic sequences which exist normally in a B conformation.
E. Subunit Sets
When the subunit bases of a set have acceptably matched R, 0, and A values, and when subunit backbone structures which are identical or very similar in length and subunit base attachment position and orientation are used for all subunits of the set, the subunits of that set can be assembled in any desired order for targeting a selected duplex sequence. Each subunit of such a matched set consists of a subunit base linked at a standard position to a standard- length backbone structure. The subunit base of each subunit of the set has an R, 0, and A value closely matched to the R, 0, and A values of the subunit bases of the other subunits of that set.
According to an important feature of the invention, the polymer subunits in a set must contain at least two different subunit types, each specific for a different oriented base-pair. Specifically, the base of each of at least two different subunits of the set is effective to form at least two hydrogen bonds with the major-groove sites of its respective target base-pair, where one of those hydrogen bonds is to the purine N7 nitrogen of the target base-pair, as discussed above.
The other subunit or subunits in the set may, but do not necessarily bind with high specificity to oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Thus, another subunit of the set may bind satisfactorily to two different oriented base-pairs, as will be seen below. Such low- specificity or non-specific subunits serve to provide (a) required spacing between high-specificity subunits in the polymer and (b) contribute to stacking interactions between the planar bases in the polymer/duplex complex. In addition, and according to an important feature of the invention, the subunits in the polymer must provide high-specificity base binding to at least about 70% of the oriented base-pairs in the target sequence. Thus, where a subunit set includes only two high-specificity bases, the target duplex sequence must contain at least 70% oriented base-pairs which are specifically bound by those two high- specificity bases. El. Basic Subunit Set for C:G and T:A or U:A Oriente Base-pairs
The most basic subunit set is suitable for targetin duplex genetic sequences containing only C:G and T:A or U: oriented base-pairs.
The first member of this basic subunit set is a high specificity guanine subunit containing a guanine or 6- thioguanine subunit base effective to hydrogen bon specifically to a C:G oriented base-pair. As illustrate in Figure 10A, guanine (or 6-thioguanine) forms three hydrogen bonds to the polar major-groove sites of a C:G oriented base-pair, including the guanine N7 of that target base-pair. The subunit may be formed with any of a variety of deoxyribose, ribose or morpholino backbone structures, with the base attached to the backbone structure in the β- stereochemical orientation, as illustrated in Example 2.
The second member of the basic set is a high- specificity diaminopurine subunit containing a 2,6- diaminopurine subunit base effective to hydrogen bond specifically to a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair. As illustrated in Figure 10B, the 2,6-diaminopurine base forms three hydrogen bonds to the polar major-groove sites of a T:A or U:A oriented base-pair, including the adenine N7 of that target base-pair. As with the guanine subunits, a variety of diaminopurine subunits with deoxyribose, ribose and morpholino backbone structures, and having the desired .-stereochemical attachment of the base to the backbone structure, can be prepared by modifications of commercially available nucleosides, also as illustrated in Example 2. CPK molecular modeling showed that the guanine and diaminopurine moieties should effectively and specifically bind their target base-pairs. Additional support for this major-groove hydrogen-bonding mode was obtained from a best fit analysis carried out for these two trimolecular complexes, C:G:G and U:A:D. An exhaustive review by Voet and Rich (1970) tabulates the lengths and angles of hydrogen-bonds from x-ray diffraction studies of crystalline complexes of purines and pyrimidines. In those tabulations NH:N bonds range in length from 2.75 A to 3.15 A and their angles range from 115° to 145°. NH:0 bonds range in length from 2.60 A to 3.20 A and their angles range from 110° to 145°.
In the best fit calculations, structural parameters used for the purines and pyrimidines in the Watson-Crick base-pairs are those given by Rich and Seeman (1975) . Those parameters were obtained from x-ray diffraction of ApU and GpC crystals (right handed anti-parallel Watson- Crick) which were solved at atomic resolution. The guanine structural parameters referenced above were also used for the subunit base in Figure 10A. The 2,6-diaminopurine subunit base of Figure 10B was assumed to have structural parameters essentially identical to those of 9-ethyl-2,6- diaminopurine obtained from x-ray diffraction studies of crystalline tri olecular complexes of 9-ethyl-2,6- diaminopurine hydrogen-bonded to two 1-methylthymines (one thymine bonded in the Watson-Crick mode and the other thymine bonded in the reverse-Hoogsteen mode) as reported by Sakore et al. (1969) .
To simplify the analysis, the approximation was made that all atoms are in the same plane. Table 4 gives the results of this analysis. In this table the standard purine and pyrimidine numbering system is used throughout, subunit base-G stands for the subunit base of Figure 10A (guanine) and subunit base-D for the subunit base of Figure 10B (2,6-diaminopurine) . Angles are measured as in Voet and Rich referenced above. Table 4
Guanine subunit base H-bonded to a C:G base-pair
W/C hvdrogen-bonds 02(C) :NH2(G) N3(C) :NH1(G) NH4(C) :06(G)
Ma or-Groove hvdrogen-bonds NH2(subunit base-G) :N7(G) NHl(subunit base-G) :06(G) 06(subunit base-G) :NH4(C)
Figure imgf000039_0001
Diaminopurine subunit base H-bonded to a U:A base-pair
W/C hvdrogen-bonds NH3(U) :N1(A) 04(U) :NH6(A)
Maior-Groove hvdrogen-bonds NH2(subunit base-D) :N7(A) Nl(subunit base-D) :NH6(A) NH6(subunit base-D) :04(U)
Figure imgf000039_0002
As can be seen from this table, all hydrogen-bond angles and lengths in the subunit base/base-pair complexes fall within established angle and length limits for hydrogen-bonds.
E2. Spacer Subunits for A:T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs
The basic guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set can be easily prepared from readily available guanosine or deoxyguanosine. However, binding polymers assembled from only these two subunits, and targeted against sequences of at least 16 contiguous base-pairs, are expected to have targets in only quite large viruses having genome sizes on the order of 65,000 base-pairs or greater.
However, it is desirable to have binding polymers which can be targeted against a much broader range of viruses, including even quite small viruses such as Hepatitis B, which has a genome size of only 3,200 base- pairs. One effective approach to extending the targeting range of these binding polymers, without substantially increasing their cost of production, is to target sequences composed predominantly (at least about 70%) of target base- pairs for the guanine and diaminopurine high-specificity subunit bases (ie., oriented base-pairs C:G and T:A or U:A) . The remaining base-pairs in the target sequence (i.e., no more than about 30% G:C and/or A:T or A:U) can then be accommodated by low-specificity "spacer" bases in the binding polymer, which serve primarily to provide continuity of stacking interactions between the contiguous subunit bases of the binding polymer when that polymer is in position on its target duplex.
Thus, in one embodiment, a polymer assembled from the basic subunit set described in Section El additionally includes one or more low-specificity spacer subunit bases. When the binding polymer is in position on its target duplex, with the subunit bases stacked, the spacer subunit bases (which are not necessarily hydrogen-bonded to their respective base-pairs) should have R, 0, and A values which can closely match the R, 0, and A values of the high- specificity subunit bases. Specifically, for the full subunit set, the R values should all be within about 2 A, 0 values should all be within about 20°, and A values should all be within about 30°. Preferably, the spacer subunit bases should also provide modest hydrogen-bonding to their respective target base-pairs so as to make some contribu- tion to target binding specificity and affinity. Where the target sequence contains a G:C oriente base-pair, one preferred spacer subunit in the subunit se contains a cytosine base, which can hydrogen-bond weakly t G:C and to T:A oriented base-pairs. Figure 11A shows cyto sine hydrogen bonded to the major-groove sites of a G: base-pair, and Figure 11B shows cytosine hydrogen bonded t a T:A base-pair. In neither case does this include hydrogen bond to the N7 of the purine of a target base pair. Where the target sequence contains an A:T or A: oriented base-pair, one preferred spacer subunit in th subunit set contains a uracil (or thymine) base, which ca hydrogen-bond weakly to A:T and to C:G oriented base-pairs Figure 12A shows uracil hydrogen bonded to the major-groov sites of an A:T base-pair, and Figure 12B shows uraci hydrogen bonded to a C:G base-pair. As with the cytosin spacer, neither of these hydrogen bonding interaction involve the N7 of the purine of a target base-pair.
Although these two subunit spacer bases provide onl low-specificity and low affinity binding to their targe base-pairs, nonetheless: i) they effectively provide fo continuity of subunit base stacking in the target-boun binding polymer; ii) they have R, 0, and A values which ar acceptably matched with the R, 0, and A values of the high specificity guanine and diaminopurine subunit bases of th subunit set; and iii) the spacer subunits, or close pre cursors thereto, are commercially available and relativel inexpensive.
Syntheses of subunit sets containing the four subuni bases guanine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (o thymine) , and having various deoxyribose, ribose and mor pholino backbone structures, are described in Example 2. The sets described in the example have the following back bone structures: (a) 2'-deoxyribose, seen in Figure 5A, Example 2A; (b) 2'-0-methylribose, seen in Figure 5B (R = methyl). Example 2B;
(c) morpholino, seen in Figure 6A, Example 2C;
(d) N-carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-amino, seen in Figure 6C, Example 2D;
(e) N-carboxymethylmorpholino-(alpha)5'-amino, seen gene¬ rally in Figure 6F, Example 2E;
(f) ribose with 5'carbazate, seen in Figure 5C, Example 2F;
(g) ribose with 5'sulfonylhydrazide, seen in Figure 5C, but where the carbonyl group is replaced by a sulfonyl group.
Example 2G;
(h) ribose with 5'glycinamide, seen in Figure 5C, but where the OCONHNH- group is replaced by NHCOCH-NH-, Example 2H; and, (i) ribose with 5' (aminomethyl) (ethyl)phosphate, seen in Figure 5C, but where the OCONHNH- group is replaced by OPO-EtCH-NHj, Example 21.
Table 5 shows the base-pair specificities and approxi¬ mate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases of this guanine, diaminopurine, cytosine, and uracil (or thymine) subunit set.
It will be appreciated that binding polymers prepared with the above G, D, C and U or T subunit set also have the potential to bind to single-stranded genetic sequences. Specifically, the polymer will be able to bind in a Watson- Crick pairing mode to a single-stranded polynucleotide of the appropriate base sequence.
Since the spacer subunits, C and U or T, in the poly¬ mer are degenerate in binding specificity, at least two of these low-specificity spacer subunits are required to provide a level of target specificity equivalent to that provided by one high-specificity subunit. Thus, a binding polymer containing 16 high-specificity subunit bases pro¬ vides about the same level of target specificity as a binding polymer containing 12 high-specificity subunit bases and 8 low-specificity spacer subunit bases.
E3. Subunit Set with a Tautomeric Subunit Specific for A:T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs In another embodiment, the guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set described in Section El includes an additional subunit having a tautomeric subunit base capable of hydrogen bonding to either G:C or A:T oriented base-pairs. A generalized skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of one preferred base type is shown in Figure 13A, where Xj is H or NH-; X. is H, F, or Cl; and B indicates the polymer backbone. Figures 13B-13D show three preferred embodiments of this tautomeric base, as discussed further below. The hydrogen bonding to target base-pairs by different tautomeric forms of the base from Figure 13D is shown in Figures 14A and 14B for G:C and A:T oriented base-pairs, respectively. As seen from Figure 14, Xj can be hydrogen- bond acceptor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to a G:C base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base- pair. Similarly, Xt can be a hydrogen-bond donor when the tautomer is hydrogen bonded to an A:T base-pair, to provide three hydrogen bonds to the base-pair. Table 6 shows the base-pair specificities and approxi mate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases of th guanine, diaminopurine, and the subunit base of Figure 14:
Table 6
Subunit Base Base-pair Specificity Rt t
G C: G 5.8 A 33° 60°
D T:A 5. 6 A 32° 60° Tautomeric Base G:C & A:T 6.3 A 36° 55° of Figure 13B
The syntheses of a number of specific embodiments of a tautomeric subunit are described in Example 3. The synthesis of the structures seen in Figure 13B and 13C are described in Example 3A for the 2'doexyribose backbone structure; in Example 3B for the 2'0-methylribose backbone; and in Example 3C for the morpholino backbone.
E4. Subunit Set with High-Specificity Subunits for A:T and G:C Oriented Base-pairs
In still another embodiment, the guanine plus diaminopurine subunit set described in Section El includes an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C oriented base-pair, or an additional subunit whose base is specific for hydrogen bonding to an A:T (or A:U) oriented base-pair, or the set includes two additional subunits whose bases are specific for hydrogen bonding to a G:C oriented base-pair and to an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, respectively.
Figure 15A shows the ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of a general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair. Three preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown Figures 15B-15D. Figure 16 shows the structure in Figure 15D hydrogen-bonded to its G:C target base-pair. As seen from Figure 15A and Figure 16, the X- position in the Figure 15A structure may be a hydrogen bond acceptor, e.g., O, for forming three hydrogen bonds between the base and its target G:C base-pair. Syntheses for subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific bases of Figures 15B and 15C are described in Example 4D.
Figure 17A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of another general type of base effective to bind a G:C oriented base-pair. A preferred embodiment of this structure type hydrogen-bonded to its G:C target base-pair is shown in Figure 17B.
Synthesis of a subunit having a morpholino backbone structure and the G:C-specific base of Figures 17B is described in Example 4E.
Figure 18A shows the skeletal ring structure and hydrogen bonding array of a general type of base effective to bind an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair. Three preferred embodiments of this structure type are shown in Figures 18B-18D. Figure 19 shows the structure in Figure 18D hydrogen-bonded to its A:T target base-pair.
Syntheses for subunits having a morpholino backbone structure and the A:T or A:U-specific bases of Figures 18B and 18C are described in Example 4C. The subunits described in this section whose bases are specific for G:C, A:T and A:U oriented base-pairs, with the guanine and diaminopurine subunits described in Section El, provide a complete set of subunits providing high-specifi¬ city hydrogen bonding for each of the four possible orien- ted base-pairs in duplex nucleic acids. A subunit set formed in accordance with one aspect of the invention may include any three of these high-specificity subunits effec¬ tive to bind to three different oriented base-pairs in a duplex target sequence. For example, in a target sequence containing T:A, C:G, and G:C base-pairs, the selected sub- unit set would include three different subunits containin a common or similar backbone structure and diaminopurine, guanine (or thioguanine) , and one of the above G:C-specifi bases. A subunit set suitable for a target sequence con- taining all four oriented base-pairs would additionally include a subunit whose base is one of the above high- specificity bases for an A:T oriented base-pair.
Table 7 shows the base-pair specificities and appro¬ ximate R, 0, and A values for the subunit bases comprising guanine, diaminopurine, and the high-specificity bases of Figures 15, 17, and 18.
Figure imgf000046_0001
The table illustrates the general suitability of this set of bases in regard to R, 0, and A values.
II. Polymer Preparation This section describes assembly of the subunits com¬ prising a subunit set described above, to give a sequence- specific duplex-binding polymer.
A. Polvmer Seguence and Length The polymer of the invention is designed to bind to and inactivate a target duplex sequence, such as a sequence essential for a given pathogen, without inactivating normal host genetic sequences. Thus, the sequence information recognized by the polymer should be sufficient to rigorous- ly distinguish the pathogen sequence from all normal hos sequences.
A reasonable estimation of the amount of sequenc information which a duplex nucleic acids-binding polyme should recognize in a disease-specific sequence in order t avoid concomitant attack on normal cellular sequences ca be calculated as follows. The human genome contain roughly 3 billion base-pairs of unique-sequence DNA. Fo a gene-inactivating agent to have an expectation of havin no fortuitous target sequences in a cellular pool of 3 billion base-pairs of unique sequence genetic material, i should recognize at least n base-pairs in its target, wher n is calculated as 4n = 3 x 109, giving a minimal targe recognition requirement of approximately 16 base-pairs. This suggests that a gene-inactivating polymer recognizin in excess of 16 base-pairs in its target sequence will likely have no targets in the cellular pool of inherent DNA. Obviously as the number of base-pairs recognized in the target sequence increases over this value the probability that the polymer will attack inherent cellular sequences continues to decrease. It is noteworthy that as the number of base-pairs recognized by the agent increases linearly, this "safety factor" increases exponentially.
To illustrate, Table 8 tabulates the number of base- pairs recognized in a target sequence and the corresponding expected number of fortuitous targets in a pool of 3 billion base-pairs of unique-sequence genetic material. Table 8
Number of base-pairs Expected number of fortuitous recognized in target duplex targets in human genome 8 45,776
10 2,861
12 179
14 11.2
16 0.7 18 0.044
20 0.0027
The numbers in Table 8 indicate that in order to achieve adequate specificity for the pathogen or pathogenic state, a binding agent for duplex nucleic acids should recognize at least 16, and preferably 18 or more base-pairs of the target sequence.
In addition to target sequence length, it is important to consider how many of the four possible oriented base- pairs in duplex nucleic acids (ie., A:T, C:G, G:C, and T:A) must be specifically recognized by the polymer bases in order to allow practical targeting of various viral patho¬ gens. Table 9 shows the approximate number of targets expected in a relatively small viral genome (about the size of the HIV provirus) as a function of the number of dif¬ ferent base-pair-binding specificities in a 16-subunit polymer. The values in the table were calculated on the assumption that the purine to pyrimidine ratio in a given strand of the pathogen's genome is approximately 1.0 and that the bases are effectively in a random order. Table 9 Number of base-pair-binding Expected number of contiguous specificities in subunit set 16-base-pair targets in a
10.000 base-pairviral genome
1 0.000002
2 0.15
3 100
4 10,000
The tabulated values demonstrate that, in general, homopolymers (i.e., polymers assembled from subunits having specificity for just one oriented base-pair) are unlikely to have any practical targets in natural duplex genetic sequences. Further, copolymers of just two subunit types with specificities for only two of the four oriented base- pairs are expected to have contiguous 16-base-pair targets in only quite large viruses (eg. Herpes) . In contrast, binding polymers assembled from subunit sets having specificities for three or four of the oriented base-pairs have a quite adequate number of targets in even the smallest DNA viruses (eg., Hepatitis B with a genome size of only 3200 base-pairs) .
As described in Section I, the basic two-subunit set formed in accordance with the present invention includes two subunits which are specific for two different oriented base-pairs, C:G and T:A or U:A. To increase targeting ver¬ satility, another embodiment includes an expanded subunit set which includes one or two spacer subunits. Still another embodiment comprises the basic two-subunit set plus an additional semi-specific subunit whose base is capable of hydrogen bonding to either of two different oriented base-pairs. As noted above, this semi-specific subunit base recognizes only half the sequence information recog- nized by a high-specificity subunit base, and thus its use will require a correspondingly longer polymer in order t achieve adequate specificity for its target. Yet anothe embodiment comprises the basic two-subunit set plus one o two additional subunits whose high-specificity bases ar each capable of hydrogen bonding to just one of the fou oriented base-pairs. Such a subunit set containing sub units for all four of the oriented base-pairs allows tar geting of essentially any desired duplex genetic sequence.
B. Subunit Activation and Polymer Assembly
The subunits, prepared as in Examples 1 - 5, can be activated and then coupled in a controlled sequential man¬ ner to give the desired binding polymer. Representative polymer assembly procedures for deoxyribose-containing and 2'-O-methylribose-containing subunits are described in Example 6. Representative activation procedures for mor- pholino-containing subunits are described in Example 7; Example 8 describes an exemplary procedure for assembling these activated subunits via solid-phase stepwise addition to give the desired binding polymers; and, Example 9 describes their purification. Figure 20 illustrates one subunit addition cycle of this stepwise assembly procedure using a representative morpholino subunit prepared as in Example 2C and activated as in Example 7A. Figure 21 illustrates a four-subunit-long segment of a representative polymer assembled from the subunit set prepared as in Example 4A-4D, and activated as in Example 7A.
C. Novel Polymer Assembly Comprising: Oxidation/Ring Closure/Reduction
In addition to the above, a novel coupling procedure can also be used for assembling the desired nucleic acids binding polymers, of which one embodiment is illustrated in Figure 22. This procedure involves: i) providing a subunit, or block of linked subunits, which contains vicinyl aliphatic hydroxyls, but no fre primary amine (e.g., structure l of Figure 22); ii) oxidizing those vicinyl hydroxyls to give dialdehyde component (eg., structure 2 of Figure 22); iii) providing a subunit, or block of subunits, whic contains a free primary aliphatic amine (eg. , structure 3 of Figure 22, and subunits prepared as in Examples 2F - 21); iv) contacting the dialdehyde component with the primary amine component to effect coupling of the two components via formation of a cyclic morpholino structure having hydroxyls on the carbons adjacent to the morpholino nitrogen (eg., structure 4 of Figure 22); and, v) during or after the coupling reaction, or after completion of polymer assembly, adding a reducing agent to remove the hydroxyls on the carbons adjacent to the morpho¬ lino nitrogen, to give the desired morpholino ring struc¬ ture (e.g., structure 5 of Figure 22). The vicinyl-hydroxyl-containing moiety can be other than ribose, such as galactose or glucose. Further, this coupling method can be used in either a solution-phase or a solid-phase mode for polymer assembly. Also, the oxida¬ tion step and the subsequent coupling step are preferably carried out in alcohol or water or a mixture thereof, and at a pH near neutrality. Although the reduction can be carried out during or after the coupling, best results are obtained when reducing agent, e.g., NaCNBH4, is present during the coupling step. Complete reduction and disrup- tion of borate complexes (generated when NaCNBH4 is used for the reduction) is best achieved by a final acidic wash having a pH in the range of 3 to 5 - which can be carried out after each coupling, or after all couplings are completed. Example 10 describes a representative application o this "oxidation/ring closure/reduction" coupling method fo stepwise solid-phase assembly of a binding polymer.
D. Polvmer Modifications
Some of the polymer types of the invention hav relatively poor solubilities for polymer sizes above abou 15-20 subunits, e.g., in the low-micromolar range. It ma thus be desirable to enhance the solubility of the polymer by addition of a hydrophilic moiety, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain. This can be accomplished, according to one approach, by deprotecting the polymer terminus, and reacting the polymer with excess of activated hydrophilic compound, e . g. , PEG activated by bis(p-nitrophenyl)carbonate. Thereafter the binding poly¬ mer is cleaved from the synthesis support and treated with ammonium hydroxide to remove the base-protecting groups, and then purified, preferably by ion exchange chromatography at pH 10.5. One preferred hydrophilic molecule is PEG having an average molecular weight of about 1000 daltons (commercially available from Polysciences, Inc. and Aldrich Chem. Co.).
For some applications it may be desirable to modify the polymer to favor its cellular uptake via endocytosis. This may be done, for example, by derivatizing the polymer with a polycationic molecule, such as polylysine. Coupling of such a molecule containing one or more primary amine moieties may be by reaction of the base-protected polymer with a bifunctional coupling agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate, or other commercially available agent (e.g.. Pierce Chemical Company) and then adding the a ine- containing polycationic molecule.
Where the polymer molecules are to be attached to a solid support, for use in a diagnostic system, the terminal N-protective group can be cleaved (leaving the bases still in the protected state) , and reacted with a suitable cross- linking agent, such as disuccinimidyl suberate. This pre¬ paration is then added to the support material, such as latex microparticles containing suitable linker arms terrai- nating in primary amine moieties.
Alternatively, if it is desired to purify the binding polymer prior to attachment to a support, a methoxytritryl- protected 6-aminocaproic acid can be linked to the unpro¬ tected N-terminus of the binding polymer using DCC. The binding polymer is then treated with ammonium hydroxide to deprotect the bases, purified by standard methods, and the terminal methoxytrityl is cleaved from the aminocaproic acid moiety. Finally, the purified polymer is mixed with support material having suitable linker arms terminating in p-nitrophenylester moieties, to give covalent coupling of the polymer molecules to the support.
Binding polymers constructed from subunits having cyclic backbone moieties have a strand polarity analogous to the 5' to 3' strand polarity exhibited by standard phosphodiester-linked polynucleotides. As a consequence, for a given heteromeric target sequence of base pairs, two binding polymers can be constructed, one having the proper sequence of bases ordered from 5' to 3', and the other having the same sequence of bases, but ordered 3' to 5' . The preferred polymer for any selected target sequence of base pairs is readily determined by assembling the two binding polymers containing the appropriate sequence of bases in both possible orientations, and testing these two polymers for their respective binding affinities for the selected duplex target sequence. Similar approaches for determining proper binding orientations for standard polynucleotides are well-known in the art. It should be appreciated that these binding polymers have the potential to bind their target duplex in either or both of the two orientations. III. Utility
A. Diagnostics: Detection of Sequences in Duplex form
In one application, the polymer of the invention i used in a diagnostic method for detecting a duplex targe nucleic acid sequence in an analyte. The target sequence is typically a pathogen-specific sequence, such as a virus or bacterial genome sequence, which is to be detected in a biological sample, such as a blood sample.
The target sequence is preferably 15 to 25 subunits in length, to provide the requisite sequence specificity, as discussed above. In one assay format, the diagnostic reagent is a solid support, such as a micro-bead, coated by covalen ly-bound polymers effective to specifically bind to the duplex target sequence. After sample treatment to release the analyte duplex from bacterium or virus in free form, if necessary, the sample is contacted with the solid support under conditions sufficient to effect base-pair- specific binding of the analyte duplex to the support-bound polymer. Typically, the binding reaction is performed at 20°-37°C for 10 minutes to 2 hours. After washing the solid support to remove unbound material, the support is contacted with a reporter reagent effective to bind to the captured target duplex, to allow detection of said duplex. The reporter may be a soluble duplex-binding polymer, formed in accordance with the present invention, which is base-pair-specific for a second analyte-specific target sequence in the analyte duplex, and which is labeled with a suitable signal group, such as a fluorescent moiety, for signal detection. The signal group is coupled to the poly- mer by standard coupling methods, such as described in Section II.
After washing the support, it is examined for bound reporter, which will be proportional to the amount of analyte bound to the support via the sequence-specific binding polymer. Alternatively, the washed support containing bound analyte duplex may be reacted with a fluorescent interca¬ lating agent specific for nucleic acids, such as ethidium bromide, and then the polymer-bound analyte is assessed by its fluorescence. Another alternative is to react the washed support containing bound analyte duplex with a reporter-labeled polycationic molecule, such as a fluores¬ cent-labeled oligo-cation, as described in co-owned pub¬ lished PCT Application No. PCT/US86/00545 (WO 86/05519) . The reporter molecule binds by electrostatic interactions with the negatively charged analyte duplex backbone, but does not bind the substantially uncharged polymer molecules on the solid support. After washing the support to remove unbound material, the reporter bound to the solid support, via the sequence-specific analyte/polymer complex, is measured.
B. In situ Hybridization
In many applications, the in situ hybridization is directed toward a target sequence in a double-stranded duplex nucleic acid, typically a DNA duplex associated with a pathogen or with a selected sequence in chromosomal DNA. In the method, as it has been practiced heretofore, a labeled nucleic acid probe is added to the permeabilized structure, the structure is heated to a temperature suf¬ ficient to denature the target duplex nucleic acid, and the probe and denatured nucleic acid are allowed to react under suitable hybridization conditions. After removing unbound (non-hybridized) probe, the structure is examined for the presence of reporter label, allowing the site(s) of probe binding to target nucleic acid to be localized in the bio¬ logical structure.
The method has been widely applied to chromosomal DNA, for mapping the location of specific gene sequences and determining distances between known gene sequences, for studying chromosomal distribution of satellite or repeate DNA, for examining nuclear organization, for analyzin chromosomal aberrations, and for localizing DNA damage i single cells or tissue. Several studies have reported o the localization of viral sequences integrated into host cell chromosomes. The method has also been used to stud the position of chromosomes, by three-dimensional recon struction of sectioned nuclei, and by double in sit hybridization with mercurated and biotinylated probes using digital image analysis to study interphase chromosom topography (Emmerich) . Another general application of th in situ hybridization method is for detecting the presenc of virus in host cells, as a diagnostic tool.
In the present application, the polymer of the inven tion is designed for targeting a specific duplex geneti sequence associated with a cellular or subcellular struc ture of interest, such as a chromosomal preparation. Th polymer is derivatized with a suitable label such as fluorescent tag. The polymer is preferably added directl to cells or tissue containing the structure being studied, without first permeabilizing the material. Because th polymer is uncharged it can more readily penetrate into living cells without the need for a per eabilization treat¬ ment. It further offers the advantage of being resistant to nuclease degradation.
Once in contact with the duplex target material of interest, base-pair-specific binding can occur at normal physiological temperatures, again allowing detection of duplex targets under conditions of normal cell activity, and without heat disruption of the material being studied. After a time sufficient for binding to the target duplex, and washout of unbound polymer, the structure being studied may be examined directly, e.g., by fluorescence microscopy, to observe site-specific localization of the duplex target sequence and possible movement thereof. Alternatively, to reduce fluorescence background, the material may be fixed, e.g., by ethanol treatment, washed to remove unbound reporter, and viewed in fixed form by microscopy.
C. Isolation of Duplexes Containing Target Seguence
Another general application of the polymer invention is for isolating duplex nucleic acid structures from a nucleic acid mixture, such as a mixture of genomic frag¬ ments, a blood sample containing a selected viral duplex, or a mixture of plasmids with different duplex inserts in different orientations.
The binding polymer used in the method is (a) designed for base-pair-specific binding to a selected target duplex sequence and (b) capable of being isolated from a liquid sample after capture of the target duplex. To this end, the polymer may be bound to a solid support, as described above, or may be derivatized with a ligand moiety, such as biotin, which permits capture on a solid support, or immunoprecipitation, after binding to the target duplex. The polymer is added to the sample material and incu¬ bated under conditions which allow binding of the polymer to its target sequence, typically for 10 minutes to 2 hours at 20°-37°C. After binding has occurred, the polymer and bound material is isolated from the sample. The isolated material may be released from the polymer by heating, or by chaotropic agents, and further amplified, if necessary by polymerase chain reaction methods, and/or clonal propaga¬ tion in a suitable cloning vector.
D. Site Specific DNA Modification
The polymer of the invention is also useful for producing selected site-specific modifications of duplex DNA in vitro. These may include cutting a duplex species at a selected site, or protecting a selected region against restriction or methylating enzymes. The latter application is useful particularly in recombinant DNA technology, wher it is often advantageous to be able to protect a vector o heterologous DNA seguence against cutting by a selecte restriction endonuclease, or where it is desired to selec- tively prevent methylation at a given restriction site.
To produce site-specific cleavage in a selected base sequence, the polymer is derivatized with a cleaving moiety, such as a chelated iron group, capable of cleaving duplex DNA in a polymer bound state. The polymer sequence is selected to place the cleaving group, which is typically coupled at one polymer end, adjacent to the site to be cleaved. To protect a selected region of duplex target sequence against restriction or methylase enzymes, the polymer includes a sequence for binding to the 4-8 base- pair sequence which specifies a selected restriction enzyme sequence - plus any additional proximal bases effective to give increased specificity for a unique target sequence. After addition of the polymer to the duplex material, the material is treated with the selected restriction or methylating enzyme. After enzyme treatment, the treated duplex is "deprotected" by heating.
E. Therapeutic Application
The polymers of the invention, by their ability to bind to duplex target sequences, have the potential to inactivate or inhibit pathogens or selected genomic sequences, such as oncogenes,. associated with disease. Origins of replication and enhancer and promoter sequences are particularly sensitive to inactivation by duplex-directed binding agents, because the agent can occupy a target site required for initiation of replication or transcription of the targeted gene. Such gene-control sequences are known for many pathogenic genes, and also for a variety of oncogenes which have been characterized in humans. For some therapeutic applications, it may be desirable to modify the binding polymer to favor its delivery to cer¬ tain cells or tissues, or to favor its delivery to certain subcellular organelles, such as the nucleus (Chelsky) . This can be accomplished, for example, by linking the bind¬ ing polymer to a suitable signal structure, such as desialylated galactosyl-containing proteins (Gregoriadis, 1975) or a cluster of galactose moieties, which favors uptake by liver cells; or such as D-mannose or L-fucose, which favor uptake by Kupffer cells and macrophages; or such as insulin or related peptides, which may then be actively transported across the blood/brain barrier. Additionally, the binding polymers can be incorporated into surfactant micelles, with or without brain-specific antibodies, to enhance delivery across the blood/brain barrier (Kabanov) .
For the reasons discussed above, the polymer should generally contain at least 16 base-pair-specific subunits, to minimize the possibility of undesired binding to sequen- ces other than the intended target sequence. Candidate target structures can be determined from analysis of geno¬ mic sequences, such as are available in a variety of sequence databases. Preferred target structures are those which are (a) well conserved across strains, and (b) have a base-pair sequence which is compatible with the set of subunits available for forming the polymer. For example, if the subunit set includes a guanine, diaminopurine, and one or two spacer subunits, as detailed in Section I, the target sequence preferably contains at least about 70% C:G and T:A oriented base-pairs, and the remainder G:C and/or T:A.
As an example, a search was made of the HIV-I genome, in the duplex proviral stage, for sequences which are both well conserved across strains and suitable targets for binding polymers assembled predominantly from guanine and 2,6-diaminopurine-containing subunits. Table 10 show several such selected target sequences, and positione thereon, binding polymers assembled from the "two subunit plus spacers" set of the type described in Section I.E2.
Table 10
Position Gene Polymer/Target Complex in Genome
DDDDDUGDUDGGGGGDD Polymer _._.__._.*__.*__._.—_—
2431 Pol 5'-AAAAATGATAGGGGGAA Target TTTTTACTATCCCCCTT-5' Duplex
DUDDDGDDDDDDGDCDG Polymer
_* _—_—_._.*_-.
2735 Pol 5'-ATAAAGAAAAAAGACAG Target
TATTTCTTTTTTCTGTC-5' Duplex
GGDDDGGUGDDGGGGCDGUDGUDD Polymer * *—*—*—
4956 Pol 5'-GGAAAGGTGAAGGGGCAGTAGTAA Target
CCTTTCCACTTCCCCGTCATCATT-5' Duplex
In the table, "-" represents a high-specificity base- pair binding, and "*" represents a low-specificity base- pair binding.
The following examples detail synthetic methods for preparing a variety of subunits, subunit sets, and poly¬ mers, in accordance with the invention. The examples are intended to illustrate but not limit the invention. Example 1 Subunit Protection Methods
A. General procedure for the protection of primary amino groups on bases of subunits.
Unless otherwise indicated, chemicals are purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI.
The subunit, generally a nucleoside or nucleoside analog, (10 mmol, which has been dried by coevaporation with pyridine several times) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL) , and treated with chlorotrimethyl- silane (2-3 equivalents of silane per hydroxyl group in the substrate) . The solution is stirred one hour, or until solution is complete (sonication may be employed with dif¬ ficultly soluble substrates) . An alkyl chloroformate, acid chloride, or anhydride, or other suitable activated carb¬ oxylic acid derivative is added (1.05-4.0 equivalents per amino group in the substrate) . After stirring for 1-24 hours at room temperature, the reaction is cooled to 0 C, and treated slowly with a 1:1 mixture of pyridine/water (20 mL) . After 10 minutes concentrated ammonium hydroxide (20 mL) is added and stirring continued for 15 minutes. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and dissolved in ethyl acetate (or ether or chloroform) and shaken with water. The organic phase is removed and the product allowed to crystallize. If no crystallization occurs, the solvent is removed and the residue chromatographed on silica to yield the N-acylated species. Typical chlorofor- mates which are useful include 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl chloride, 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Himmelsbach) , and 2-(phenylsulfonyl)ethoxycarbonyl chloride (Balgobin) . Typical acid chlorides include benzoyl, isobutyryl, and trichloroacetyl. Typical anhy- drides include acetic, isobutyric, and trifluroacetic. Other acid derivatives include acyl hydroxybenzotriazolide (prepared from the acid chloride and dry hydroxybenzotri azole in acetonitrile) . The latter are advantageously use to introduce the phenylacetyl group. Alternatively, pri mary amino groups may be protected as amidines by th procedure of McBride, et al.
B. Procedure for the differential protection of primar diamines on base-pair recognition moieties. 2,6-Diaminopurineriboside (Pfaltz and Bauer, Inc.) i converted by the general procedure in Example IA into th N-2,N-6 bis-(phenylacetyl)amide. The acyl group at the N-6 position is selectively cleaved by treatment of the nucleo¬ side with IN LiOH in pyridine/ethanol at 0 C. The reaction mixture is neutralized with aq. HC1 and the solvents evapo¬ rated. The residue may be recrystallized from ethyl ace- tate/ethanol or purified by silica gel chromatography. The crude product, or the purified nucleoside, is resubjected to acylation by the general procedure using benzoyl chlo- ride to introduce the N-6 benzoyl group. For this second acylation only a slight excess of the acylating agent (1.05-1.2 equivalents) is employed.
C. Procedure for the protection of oxo groups in the recognition moieties.
2',3',5'-Tri-O-isobutyryl N2-isobutyrl deoxyguanosine is converted by the procedure of Trichtinger, et al, into the 06 2-(p-nitrophenyl)ethyl derivative. Alternatively, guanosine may be converted into the 06 diphenylcarbamoyl derivative by the method of Kamimura, et al. Following treatment with ammonia (1:1 cone, ammonium hydroxide/DMF) or IN LiOH in pyridine/ethanol at 0 C, the N2-propionyl 06-diphenylcarbamoyl guanosine is produced. These procedures are applicable to the preparation of N-2 acylated 0-4 protected 2-amino-4(3H)-quinazolinone derivatives and N-7 acylated 0-9 protected 7-amino-9(8H)-imidazo[4,5-f]quinazolinone derivatives.
D. General procedure for the introduction of a dimeth- oxytrityl substituent at a primary alcohol.
The alcohol bearing substrate (10 mmol) is dissolved or suspended in pyridine (50-100 mL) and treated with 4,4'-dimethoxytrityl chloride, triethylamine (20 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.5 mmol). After several hours at room temperature the mixture is treated with water (5 mL) then poured into cold, satd. aq. sodium bicarbonate solution. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (or chloroform) and the combined organic layers are dried (sodium sulfate) and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed on silica to give pure dimethoxytritylated compound.
Example 2 Preparation of "2-Subunits plus Spacers" Set.
A. Subunits containing 2'-Deoxyribose moiety.
The 5'-O-dimethoxytrityl protected derivatives of the following are available from Sigma (St. Louis, MO, USA) : N-4 benzoyldeoxycytidine, N-2 isobutyryldeoxyguanosine, thymidine. 2,6-Diaminopurine-2'-deoxyriboside is available from Sigma and is protected at the primary amino groups and the primary hydroxy group by the methods in Example 1.
B. Subunits containing 2'-O-Methylribose moiety. The 2'-O-methylribonucleosides of uracil, cytosine, guanine, adenine, and 7-deazaadenine may be obtained by the method of Robins, et al (1974) or Sekine, et al. The guanosine and 2-aminoadenosine 2'-0-methyl ethers are also advantageously prepared by the method of Robins, et al, (1981) . They may be converted into their base protected analogues by the general methods in Example 1 (for example, N-2 isobutyryl for the guanosine derivative, N-2 phenylacetyl, N-6 benzoyl for the 2-aminoadenosine derivative, N-4 benzoyl for the cytidine derivative) . The primary hydroxy is protected as in Example 1.
C. Subunits containing Morpholino moiety.
A ribose-containing subunit, having the base in the protected form, is oxidized with periodate to a 2'-3' dialdehyde. The dialdehyde is closed on ammonia or primary amine and the 2' and 3' hydroxyls (numbered as in the parent ribose) are removed by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
An example of this general synthetic scheme is described below with reference to the synthesis of a base- protected cytosine (R;*) morpholino subunit. To 1.6 L of methanol is added, with stirring, 0.1 mole of N4- benzoylcytidine and 0.105 mole sodium periodate dissolved in 100 ml of water. After 5 minutes, 0.12 mole of ammonium biborate is added, and the mixture is stirred 1 hour at room temperature, chilled and filtered. To the filtrate is added 0.12 mole of sodium cyanoborohydride. After 10 minutes, 0.2 mole of toluenesulfonic acid is added. After another 30 minutes, another 0.2 mole of toluenesulfonic acid is added and the mixture is chilled and filtered. The solid precipitate is dried under vacuum to give the tosylate salt of the free amine. The use of a moderately strong (pKa < 3) aromatic acid, such as toluenesulfonic acid or 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, provides ease of handling, significantly improved yields, and a high level of product purity.
Filtration of the tosylate salt of the 2,6- diaminopurine-containing morpholino subunit also works well. However, the tosylate salts of the guanine- containing and uracil-containing subunits are generally more soluble in methanol. Thus, for G and U subunits the methanol is removed under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between brine and isopropanol - with the desired product going into the organic phase. The base-protected morpholino subunit can then be protected at the annular nitrogen of the morpholino ring using trityl chloride.
As an example of the tritylation step, to 2 liters of acetonitrile is added, with stirring, 0.1 mole of the tosylate salt from above, followed by 0.26 mole of triethylamine and 0.15 mole of trityl chloride. The mixture is covered and stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, after which 100 ml of methanol is added, followed by stirring for 15 minutes. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and then 400 ml of methanol is added. After the solid is thoroughly suspended as a slurry, 5 liters of water is added, the mixture is stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered. The solid is washed with 1 liter of water, filtered and dried under vacuum. The solid is resuspended in 500 ml of dichloromethane, filtered, and rotovaped until precipitation just begins, after which 1 liter of hexane is added and stirred for 15 minutes. The solid is removed by filtering, and dried under vacuum.
The above procedure yields the base-protected morpholino subunit tritylated on the morpholino nitrogen and having a free 5' hydroxy1 (numbered as in the parent ribose) .
D. Subunits containing N-Carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-amino moiety.
A ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to the 5'amine and that 5' amine tritylated, as per Stirchak, Summerton, and Weller (1987), or by the method described in Example 2E below. Following the general procedures of Example 2C above, the vicinyl 2' and 3' hydroxyls of th ribose are then oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3 dialdehyde. The dialdehyde is closed on glycine in th presence of triethylamine. The 2' and 3' hydroxyl (numbered as in the parent ribose) are subsequently remove by reduction with cyanoborohydride.
Alternatively, the dialdehyde can be closed on ammoni and reduced as in Example 2C, and then the morpholin nitrogen alkylated with bromoacetic acid buffered with N,N diethylaniline.
These procedures yield the base-protected morpholino subunit having a tritylated 5' amine and a carboxymethyl group on the morpholino nitrogen.
E. Subunits containing N-Carboxymethylmorpholino-alpha(5'- amino) moiety.
Examples 2C and 2D illustrate the preparation of morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the beta orientation - that is, the same orientation as in the parent ribose. Analogous morpholino-containing subunits wherein the 5' methylene is in the alpha orientation can be prepared by the following general approach.
The 5' hydroxyl of a ribose-containing subunit, having the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, is converted to a secondary amine by established methods (see Example 2D above) . Thereafter, following the general procedures of Example 2C above, the vicinyl 2' and 3' hydroxyls of the ribose are oxidized with periodate to give a 2'-3' dialdehyde. The 2' aldehyde rapidly closes on the secondary amine at the 5' position (numbered as in the parent Ribose) . Reduction with cyanoborohydride then generates a structure containing a morpholino ring wherein the annular morpholino nitrogen is tertiary, and containing a 5'aldehyde in the alpha orientation. Subsequent addition of ammonia or a primary amine, in the presence of excess cyanoborohydride, generates a 5' amine (primary or secondary, respectively) in the alpha orientation.
The above general strategy can be applied to prepare subunits containing N-carboxymethylmorpholino-alpha(5'- amino) moiety, as well as a number of other useful variations. One method to introduce the desired secondary amine at the 5' position of the ribose moiety entails: a) conversion of the 2',3' hydroxyls to an acetal as per the method of Smith, Rammler, Goldberg and Khorana (1961) ; b) oxidation of the 5'hydroxyl to an aldehyde using DMSO/pyridine/trifluoroacetic acid/diisoproylycarbodiimide (the Moffat oxidation); c) reacting this 5' aldehyde with glycine (or the tert-Butyl ester of glycine) in the presence of cyanoborohydride; and, regeneration of the 2',3' hydroxyls by acid cleavage of the acetal.
F. Subunits containing Ribose with 5'-Carbazate.
A ribose-containing subunit can be converted to the 5'carbazate as follows. To 10 mMole of ribose-containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected state, add 100 ml of anisylaldehyde and 0.5 g of tosic acid. Stir at room temperature for 48 hours. Add the reaction mixture to 500 ml hexane and collect the precipitate. Purify the product by silica gel chromatography developed with ether. The resulting product is reacted with 2 equivalents of bis(p- nitrophenyl)carbonate plus 2 equivalents of triethylamine in acetonitrile for 8 hours at 30 deg. C. The product is purified by silica gel chromatography developed with a 5% to 15% acetone/chloroform mixture. The product is reacted with 4 equivalents of t-butylcarbazate in DMF for 4 hrs at 50 deg. C. The reaction mixture is added to water and the precipitate collected and suspended in DMF/Con NH4OH, 1:1 by vol overnight at 30 deg. C. The ammonium solution is added to brine and the insoluble product collected an dried under vacuum. The dry product is dissolved i trifluoroacetic acid and, after 5 minutes, ether is adde to precipitate the product, which is triturated twice wit ether. The product is dissolved in methanol containin sufficient N-ethylmorpholine to neutralize all residua trifluoroacetic acid and the product again precipitated b addition of ether, and the product dried under vacuum. Th desired 5'carbazate product can generally be purified b silica gel chromatography developed with N-ethylmorpho line/methanol/chloroform, 1:4:6 by volume, or preferably, purified by recrystalization from a suitabl aqueous/organic mixture.
G. Subunits containing Ribose with 5'-Sulfonylhydrazide.
A ribose-containing subunit can be converted to th 5'-sulfonylhydrazide as follows. Ten mMole of ribose- containing subunit, having exocyclic amines of the base- pair recognition moiety in the protected state, is converted to the anisylacetal derivative as described in Example 2F above.
To 10 mMole of sulfonyl chloride in dichloromethane chilled on dry ice add 15 mMole of N,N-diethylaniline. Next, slowly add, with rapid stirring, a dilute solution of 10 mMole of N-aminophthalimide in dichloromethane.
After 20 minutes, add the anisylacetal subunit derivative to this chlorosulfonylhydrazide solution. Slowly add, with rapid stirring, 30 mMole of diiso- propylethylamine in 30 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring 1 hour at room temperature, remove the solvent under reduced pressure and purify the product by silica gel chromatography developed with an acetone/chloroform mixture.
The product is then treated with hydrazine acetate in methanol, the solvent removed under reduced pressure, and DMF/con NH4OH, 1:1 by vol is added and the preparatio incubated at 30 deg. C overnight. Lastly, the product i treated with trifluoroacetic acid and worked up as i Example 2F.
H. Subunits containing Ribose with 5'-glycinamide
A primary amine is introduced into the 5' position o a ribose-containing subunit following th oxidation/reductive alkylation procedure described i Example 2E, excepting Ammonia is used instead of Glycine. This 5' primary amine is then acylated with N-tert- butoxycarbonyl glycine, p-nitrophenyl ester. Afte purification, the protective groups are removed b treatment with DMF/con NH4OH, and then with trifluoroacetic acid, and the final 5'-glycinamide derivative worked up as in Example 2F.
I. Subunits containing Ribose with an aminomethylethylphosphate group linked to the 5'oxygen. Aminomethylphosphonic acid (Aldrich Chem. Co.) is re¬ acted with trityl chloride in the presence of triethylamine. The di-anionic phosphonate product, where the counter ions are triethylammonium, is suspended in ethanol and then a carbodiimide, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) , is added. The resultant mono-anionic product is shaken with a mixture of water and chloroform containing pyridinium hydrochloride. This procedure gives a mono-ionic phosphonic acid having a pyridinium counter ion. This product is added to chloroform, followed by addition of the ribose-containing subunit wherein exocyclic amines of the base is in the protected form and the 2'and 3' hydroxyls are protected as the anisylacetal. DCC is added to couple the phosphonate to the 5'oxygen of the subunit. The product is dried and chromatographed on silica using methanol/chloroform mixtures. The pure product is next base-deprotected wit DMF/conNH4OH, 1:1 by vol. and then suspended i trifluoroacetic acid to remove the trityl and the anisy protective group
Example 3 Preparation of Subunits With Tautomeric Base
A. Subunit containing 2'-Deoxyribose moiety. 1. Preparation of N-glycosyl isoindoles
4-Acetylamino-2-methylbenzoic acid (Peltier) is converted into the 5-nitro compound by treatment with cold fuming nitric acid. The reaction mix was poured into crushed ice and the solid product collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization from DMF/water or by silica chromatography. The acetamide is removed by alkaline hydrolysis with 1-10% NaOH solution in 90% ethanol. The reaction mixture was added to excess dilute HC1 and the solvent evaporated. The crude acid is esteri- fied with satd. methanolic HC1 at room temperature for several days. After removal of solvent the product is partitioned between ethyl acetate and satd. sodium bi¬ carbonate. After washing with water the organic phase is evaporated and the residue purified by silica chromato- graphy. The nitro group is reduced to the amino using hydrogen and palladium on carbon in ethanol or DMF. After filtration through celite and evaporation, the crude diamine is converted to the methyl 2-amino-6-methylbenz- imidazole-5-carboxylate using cyanogen bromide in methanol at reflux. The mixture is cooled and poured into satd. aq. sodium bicarbonate and the solid product filtered and purified by recrystallization. The exocyclic amino group is acylated by refluxing with phthaloyl dichloride in pyridine followed by reaction of the diazepine with pyra- zole in refluxing acetonitrile according to the method of Katritzky. The compound is reacted with either bromine or N-bromosuccinimide or 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin either neat or in carbon tetrachloride or chloroform or 1,1,1-trichloroethane with the aid of a high-intensity sun lamp and/or benzoyl peroxide, to provide the benzylic bromide. It is possible to acylate the diazepine further with isobutryl chloride in pyridine to produce a triply acylated benzimidazole species. This is normally done prior to the bromination. The crude benzylic bromide is reacted with sodium azide in dry DMF and reduced with hydrogen over platinum or palladium to produce the lactam. This is O-silylated with one equivalent of trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate to produce the O-silyl lactim ether/benzimidazole trifluoromethanesulfonate salt. This is reacted with 3,5-di-O-toluyl-alpha-D-erythropentofuanosyl chloride (Hoffer) in THF or acetonitrile in the presence of p-nitrophenol by the method of Aoyama to give the protected nucleoside which is purified by silica chromatography. The acyl groups are all removed by a two step procedure requiring first, hydrazineolysis with hydrazine/ethanol at room temperature, then evaporation of solvent and heating the crude residue in refluxing ethanol to fully cleave the phthaloyl residue. The a inobenzimidazole is protected by reaction with 4-(dimethoxymethyl)-morpholine (prepared from 4-formyl morpholine by the general procedure of Bredereck et. al.) in methanol to form the amidine. The remaining reactive site of the benzimidazole is protected by reaction with pivaloyl chloride under the conditions of Example 1. Alternatively, the final acylation may be done with - (dimethylamino)benzoyl chloride. An alternative amino protecting group is formed by reaction of the unprotected benzimidazole with 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde in methanol in the presence of piperidine (10 mole%) and methanesulfonic acid (5 mole%) . The resulting imine is acylated as for the amidine. The primary hydroxyl group is protected with the dimethoxytrityl group as per Example 1.
2. Preparation of 2-glycosyl benoxazoles
3-Acetamidophenol (Aldrich Chemical Co.) is nitrated to give the 2-nitro-5-acetamidophenol. Reduction with hydrogen and palladium/carbon and reaction with trifluoroacetic anhydride or trichloroacetic anhydride give the 2-trihaloacetamido derivative. This is nitrated to give the 4-nitro species and the trihaloacetyl group removed by brief ammonolysis to give 5-acetamido-2-amino-4-nitrophenol.
2,5-Anhydro-3 ,4 ,6-tri-O-benzoyl-D-allonothioamide (Pickering) is treated with methyl iodide and sodium hydride to give the corresponding methyl thioimidate. Alternatively the thioamide is reacted with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Aldrich) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine in dichloromethane to produce the imide. Alternatively, the imide is treated with methyl iodide or methyl triflate in the presence of diisopropylethylamine to give the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl methyl thioimidate. Any of these are suitable for reaction with aromatic 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenols to produce benzimidazole or benzoxazole derivatives of deoxyribosides, respectively.
The aminophenol is reacted with the appropriate activated thioamide from the previous paragraph to produce the 2-(tri-O-benzoyl-beta-deoxyribosyl)benzoxazole. The N-acetyl and O-benzoyl groups are removed by ammonolysis or hydrazinolysis and the nitro group reduced with hydrogen and palladium/carbon. The aromatic diamine is reacted with cyanogen bromide in refluxing methanol, and the product 6-amino-2-(tri-O-benzoyl-beta-deoxyribosyl)imidazo[4,5-f] benzoxaz ole derivative protected as in Example 3A1, and the primary hydroxy protected as per Example 1. B. Subunit containing Ribose moiety. 1. N-glycosyl isoindoles
The ribose nucleoside is prepared as for th deoxyribonucleoside in Example 3A1 except that th O-silylated lactam is reacted in the presence of mercuri bromide or silver trifluoromethanesulfonate with th ribosyl bromide prepared from by treatment o l-O-acetyl-2,3,5-tri-O-benzoyl-D-ribofuranose with HBr i benzene as per the procedure of Maeba et al.
2. 2-glycosyl benzoxazoles
2,5-Anhydro-3-deoxy-4,6-di-O-toluoyl-D-ribo-hexanothioamid (Pickering) is converted into the methyl thioimidate, th imide, or the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl methyl thioimidate a in Example 3A2. Any of these are suitable for reactio with aromatic 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenols to produc benzimidazole or benzoxazole derivatives of ribosides, respectively.
By the same procedures in Example 3A2, the aminopheno is reacted with the activated thioamide from the previou paragraph to produce the benzoxazole which is furthe converted into the protected nucleoside by the procedure in Example 3A2.
C. Subunit containing Morpholino moiety. 1. N-glycosyl isoindoles
The morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the O-silylated lactam from Example 3A1 with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (Sigma) (with or without the presence of mercuric bromide or silver trifluoromethane¬ sulfonate) . The glycoside is converted into the morpholino nucleoside in the usual way except that twice the normal amount of sodium periodate is employed. Following N- tritylation (Example 2C) and hydrazinolysis of the base protecting groups, the base is reprotected as in Exampl 3A1.
Alternatively, the morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the benzylic bromide from Example 3A1 with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine (Tamura) to give the glycosyl lactam directly. This is converted into the morpholino nucleoside by the usual procedure except that twice the amount of sodium periodate must be employed in the oxida¬ tion step. Following N-tritylation (Example 2C) and hydrazinolysis of the base, reprotection is accomplished as in Example 3A1.
Alternatively, the methyl 4-acetamido-2-methyl-5-ni- trobenzoate from Example 3A1 is brominated as in Example 3A1 and reacted with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine. The N-acetyl is removed with 1-10% NaOH in 90% ethanol, the nitro is reduced with palladium/carbon and hydrogen, and the aminobenzimidazole is formed by reaction with cyanogen bromide in refluxing ethanol. The aminobenzimidazole is protected as in Example 3A1. Alternatively, the riboside prepared in Example 3B1 is converted into a morpholine-containing subunit following the procedure in Example 2C. This procedure is accom¬ plished prior to deacylation of the phthaloyl group from the aminobenzimidalole. After morpholine formation and protection as the N-trityl species, the phthaloyl group is removed as in Example 3A1.
The morpholine nitrogen is protected as the N-trityl by reaction of the free amine or the tosylate salt with trityl chloride in acetonitrile containing triethyamine. The reaction mix is poured into water and the solid product isolated by filtration and purified by silica gel chromatography. 2. 2-glycosyl benzoxazoles
By the procedures described in Myers 2,3,4,6-te tra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-galactopyranosyl bromide is converte into 2,3,4,6-tetra-o-acetyl-alpha-D-galactopyranosy cyanide and then into the corresponding thioamide by th method of Pickering, et al, and then into its activate thioamide derivatives as in Example 3A2. These are suit able for reacting with 1,2-diamines or ortho aminophenol to produce benzimidazoles or benzoxazole derivatives o galactosides, resp. A similar procedure may be employe beginning with other hexose nitriles (Myers) .
By the same procedures in Example 3B2, the aminopheno is reacted with the activated thioamide from the paragrap above to produce the benzoxazole which is further converte into the N-protected galactoside by the procedures i Example 3B2. This is converted into the morpholine nucleo side by the usual procedure except that twice the normal amount of periodate must be employed in the oxidation step. The N-trityl group is introduced by the method in Example 3C1.
Example 4 Preparation of 4-Membered High-Specificitv Subunit Set Containing Morpholino Backbone Moieties
A. CG-specific subunit.
Guanosine is converted into its 2-phenylacetyl deri¬ vative by the method in Example 1. This is converted into the morpholine nucleoside tosylate salt by the methods in Example 2C. It may be tritylated by reaction with tri¬ phenylmethyl chloride in acetonitrile containing triethyl¬ amine. The reaction mixture is poured into water and the product filtered. It is purified by recrystallization from acetonitrile. B. TA-specific subunit.
2,6-Diaminopurineriboside is converted into it
N2-phenylacetyl N6-benzoyl derivative by the method i
Example 1. This is converted into the morpholin nucleoside by the methods in Example 2C. It is tritylate by the procedure in Example 5A
C. AT-specific recognition moiety. 1. 2-glycosylbenzoxazoles 5-Hydroxy-2(3H)-benzoxazolone (Ozdowska) is acetylated with acetic anhydride and then nitrated with cold fuming nitric acid to the 6-nitro-5-acetoxy species. This is dissolved in ethanol and treated with potassium carbonate, than hydrogenated over palladium to reduce the nitro group to an amino group. The isolated aminophenol is reacted with an active thioamide derivative from Example 3C to give the 6-(2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-galactosyl)-oxazolo[4 ,5-f]- -2(3H)-benzoxazolone. Reaction with phosphoryl chloride followed by ammonolysis gives the 2-aminobenzoxazole. This is N-protected by the usual procedure to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl , phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
The morpholine nucleoside is prepared from the galactosyl species above by the procedures in Example 2C except with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in the oxidation step in order to form the dialdehyde required for reductive amination. The latter step is performed by the usual methods. The morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
2. 2-glycosylisoindoles
2-Methyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (King) is nitrated with cold fuming nitric acid to give the 5-nitro derivative which is reduced using palladium catalyst in a hydrogen atomosphere to the 5-amino species. This is converted into the methyl ester by the procedure in Example 3A1. This is converted to the 2-aminobenzoxazole using cyanogen bromide and the exocyclic amino group acylated by the methods in Example 1 with acetyl, methoxyacetyl, trichloroacetyl, isbutyryl or benzoyl. The compound is converted into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3A1.
The morpholine nucleoside is prepared first by reac¬ tion of the benzylic bromide with beta-D-glucopyrano¬ sylamine as in Example 3C. Then, methanolic periodate cleavage using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate and reductive amination give the morpholine nucleoside. This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
Alternatively, the benzylic bromide is reacted with ammonia to produce the lactam which is O-silylated with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate or tert-butyldi- methylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate and 2,6-di-tert-bu- tylpyridine. The O-silylated lactam is reacted with tetra- acetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (with our without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate or mercuric bromide) , followed by ammonolysis and reprotection of the primary amino group as in Example 5C1. The glycoside is converted into the morpholine nucleoside in the usual way except that twice the normal amount of sodium periodate is employed. The morpholine is tritylated as in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
D. GC-specific subunit. 1. 2-glycosylbenzoxazoles 5-Chloro-2,4-dinitrophenol (Carnelley) is treated with chloromethyl benzyl ether and diisopropylethyl amine, and the ether is treated with the sodium salt of methyl cyano- acetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. Cleavage of the acetal (hydrogen/palladium on carbon) and reaction with an activated thioimide deriva- tive from Example 3C produces the pyrrolobenzoxazole which, after ammonolysis, may be base protected by the procedur in Example 1 to prepare the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides. The morpholine nucleoside is prepared by reaction of the galactoside with double the usual amount of sodium periodate in order to form the dialdehyde required for reductive amination. The latter step is performed by the usual methods. The molecule is tritylated by the method in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
2. 2-glycosylisoindoles
4-Chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid (Pfaltz and Bauer Chemi¬ cal Co) is converted into its methyl ester (HCl/methanol) and further converted into the benzylic bromide by the pro¬ cedure in Example 3C. Reaction with two equivalents of ammonia provides the lactam which is nitrated in fuming nitric acid to give the 4-nitro-5-chloro-2-oxoisoindole.
The lactam from above is O-silylated as in Example 5C2. The lactim ether is reacted with tetraacetyl alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (with or without the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate or mercuric bromide) . This is reacted the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. The acyl groups are all removed by ammonolysis and the base reprotected by the usual procedure as the benzoyl, isobutyryl, acetyl, methoxyacetyl, phen¬ oxyacetyl or trichloroacetyl amides.
Alternatively, 4-chloro-2-methylbenzoic acid is nitrated with fuming nitric acid in concentrated sulfuric acid to give the 5-nitro derivative. Following esteri- fication by the method in Example 3A, this is reacted with the sodium salt of methyl cyanoacetate (or malononitrile) followed by reduction with iron in acetic acid. The amine is protected by reaction with trichloroacetic anhydride, methoxyacetic anhydride, acetic anhydride, isobutyryl chloride or benzoyl chloride. This is converted into the benzylic bromide by the methods in Example 3C. The benzylic bromide is converted into the lactam glucoside by treatment with beta-D-glucopyranosylamine.
The glucoside above is reacted with methanolic perio¬ date using twice the usual amount of sodium periodate followed by reductive amination to give the morpholino nucleoside. This is tritylated by the procedure in Example 5A and purified by silica gel chromatography.
E. Synthesis of pyrimidopyridine.
5-Formyl-2'-deoxyuridine (Barwolff and Langen) is dissolved in methanol and treated with manganese dioxide in the presence of sodium cyanide and acetic acid according to the general procedure of Corey to provide the methyl ester. The ester is reacted with tert-butyldimethylsilyl triflate in dichloromethane in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine to protect the alcohols. The heterocycle is acti- vated by the method of Bischofberger (NaH, triisopropyl- benzenesulfonyl chloride, THF) . The 4-O-sulfonated hetero¬ cycle is treated with the tosylate salt of benzhydryl alanine (Aboderin) in the presence of diisopropylethyl amine in DMF to give the cytosine derivative. The cyto- sinyl alanine derivative is oxidized to the dehydroamino acid by the general procedure of Poisel and Schmidt (tert- butyl hypochlorite in THF, followed by one equivalent of potassium tert-butoxide in THF) . The product is treated with a catalytic amount of potassium tert-butoxide in hot THF to provide the pyrimidopyridine. The benzhydryl ester is removed by hydrogenolysis using hydrogen over palladium/carbon. The acid is treated with diphenylphos- phoryl azide in benzyl alcohol (or benzyl alcohol/dioxane) containing triethylamine according to Shioiri, et al. Following hydrogenolysis to cleave the carbamate, and HF- pyridine to remove the silyl groups, the molecule is N protected as the trichloroacetamide or phenylacetamide b the usual procedure.
In a similar manner, 5'-formyluridine, prepared fro 5-methyluridine by the procedures in Barwolff and Langen, is converted into the corresponding pyrimidopyridin riboside. The riboside is converted into the morpholin nucleoside by the usual procedure, and protected as the N trityl derivative.
Example 5 Preparation of 4-Membered High-Specificity Subunit Set Containing N-Carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-amino Backbone.
Subunits containing ribose, galactose, or glucose moieties are prepared as in Example 4, and their respective sugar moieties are converted to the N-
Carboxymethylmorpholino-5'-tritylated amine form by the method described in Example 2D.
Example 6
Representative Polymer Assembly Procedures for 2'-0- Methylribose and 2'-Deoxyribose-containing subunits
The protected 2'-Deoxyriboside-containing subunits and the protected 2'-0-Methylriboside-containing subunits are converted into their corresponding 3'-H-phosphonate salts by the methods given in Sakataume, Yamane, Takaku, Yamamoto, Nucleic Acids Res. 1990, 18, 3327 and polymerized on solid support by the method in this source. When the assembly of the polymer chain is complete, the supported molecule is treated with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of either iodine or carbon tetrachloride as per the method of Froehler, Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27, 5575. The phorphoramidate-linked polymer is removed from the support and deprotected by the usual methods involving ammonolysis (See second ref.) Example 7 Representative Activation Procedures for Morpholino- Containing subunits
A. Activation of 5'-Hydroxyl of Morpholino Subunit.
Dimethylaminodichlorophosphate is prepared as follows: a suspension containing 0.1 mole of dimethylamine hydro¬ chloride in 0.2 mole of phosphorous oxychloride is refluxed for 12 hours and then distilled (boiling point is 36°C at 0.5 mm Hg) .
Activation of the 5'Hydroxyl of a morpholino-contain¬ ing subunit prepared as in Example 2C entails dissolving one mmole of 5'hydroxy1 subunit, base-protected and trity- lated on the morpholino nitrogen, in 20 ml of dichloro¬ methane. To this solution 4 mmole of N,N-diethylaniline and 1 mmole of 4-methoxypyridine-N-oxide are added. After dissolution, 2 mmole of dimethylaminodichlorophosphate is added. After two hours the product is isolated by chroma- tography on silica gel developed with 10% acetone/90% chloroform. The same procedure, except substituting ethyl- dichlorothiophosphate instead of dimethylaminodichlorophos¬ phate, gives an activated subunit with similar utility.
B. Activation of 5'-Amine of Morpholino-containing Subunit
The 5'hydroxy1 of a morpholino-containing subunit, having exocyclic amino groups of the base-pair recognition moiety in the protected form, prepared as in Example 2C can be converted to the amine as follows. To 500 ml of DMSO is added 1.0 mole of pyridine (Pyr) , 0.5 mole of triflouro- acetic acid (TFA) , and 0.1 mole of the morpholino subunit. The mixture is stirred until dissolved, and then 0.5 mole of diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) or dicyclohexylcarbodi¬ imide (DCC) is added. After 2 hours the reaction mixture is added to 8 liters of rapidly stirred brine, which is stirred for 30 minutes and filtered. The solid is dried briefly, washed with 1 liter of ice cold hexanes, filtered, and the solid is added to 0.2 mole of sodium cyanoboro- hydride in 1 liter of methanol, stirred for 10 minutes, 0.4 mole of benzotriazole or p-nitrophenol is added, followed by 0.2 mole of methylamine (40% in H~0) and the preparation is stirred four hours at room temperature [Note: the benzotriazole or p-nitrophenol buffers the reaction mixture to prevent racemization at the 4' carbon of the subunit at the iminiu stage of the reductive alkylation] . Finally, the reaction mixture is poured into 5 liters of water, stirred until a good precipitate forms, and the solid is collected and dried. This dried product is next suspended in DMF and 4 equivalents of S03/pyridine complex is added. Over a period of several hours, 8 equivalents of triethyl¬ amine is added dropwise with stirring. After an additional two hours the preparation is dumped into a large volume of brine and the solid collected by filtration and dried. This sulfamic acid preparation is then purified by silica gel chromatography.
Ten mmole of the triethylamine salt of sulfated sub¬ unit protected on the recognition moiety and on the nitro¬ gen of the morpholino ring is dissolved in 10 ml of dichlo¬ romethane and then 40 mmole of pyridine is added. This solution is chilled for 15 minutes on a bed of dry ice and then 1.1 mmole of phosgene (20% in Toluene) is slowly added while the solution is rapidly stirred. After addition, the solution is allowed to come to room temperature and then washed with aqueous NaHC03, dried, and chromatographed on silica gel eluted with a mixture of chloroform and acetone to give the desired sulfamoyl chloride.
C. Activation of Annular Morpholino Nitrogen
This example describes the preparation of a morpholino subunit protected on its 5' oxygen and sulfated on its mor- pholino ring nitrogen. Morpholino-containing subunit pre pared as in Example 2C, but not carried through the las tritylation step, is silylated on its 5' hydroxyl with t butyldimethlsilyl chloride. This product is then treate with SOj/pyridine complex (with excess pyridine) in di methylformamide (DMF) to give a sulfamic acid on th annular morpholino nitrogen.
It should be mentioned that the salts of sulfami acids can be chromatographed on silica gel using triethyl amine/ ethanol/chloroform mixtures if the silica is firs pre-eluted with 2% triethylamine in chloroform.
This sulfamic acid on the morpholino nitrogen is con¬ verted to the sulfamoyl chloride and purified as in Example 7B above.
D. Activation of N-Carboxymethyl of Morpholino
Carboxylate-containing subunits, such as prepared in Examples 2D and 2E, are activated as follows. Ten mmole of the subunit is dissolved in DMF containing 20 mmole of p- nitrophenol and 15 mmole of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. After 1 hour the product is rotovaped and then purified by silica gel chromatography developed with a mixture of Acetone and Chloroform.
Example 8 Representative Solid-Phase Polymer Assembly of Morpholino-containing Subunits This example describes a method which is generally applicable for assembly of activated subunits, prepared as in Examples 7A and 7B, to give phosphorodiamidate-linked, ethylthiophosphoramidate-linked, and sulfamate-linked binding polymers. A similar scheme wherein the coupling step includes the addition of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and use of N,N-diisopropyl-2- methoxyethylamine instead of diisopropylethanolamine, is suitable for assembly of subunits prepared as in Example 7 to give sulfamate-linked polymers. A similar scheme, wherein the coupling step is carried out in dimethylform- amide instead of dichloromethane, is suitable for assembly of subunits activated as in Example 7D to give amide-linked polymers.
A. Linker Aminomethyl polystyrene resin (Catalog no. A1160, from Sigma Chemical Co.) 1% divinylbenzene crosslinked, 200 to 400 mesh, 1.1 mMole of N per gram, is suspended in dichloromethane and transferred to a 1 cm diameter column having a frit on the bottom, to give a resin bed volume of 2.5 ml.
One mMole of bis[2-(succinimidooxycarbonyloxy)- ethyl]sulfone (Pierce Chemical Co. of Rockford, Illinois, USA) is added to a dichloromethane solution containing 1 mMole of N-tritylated piperazine. After 2 hours the reaction mixture is chromatographed on silica gel developed with an acetone/chloroform mixture to give a mono-activated beta-elimination-cleavable linker.
134 MicroMole of the above linker is dissolved in 1 ml of dichloromethane and added to the resin in the synthesis column and the resin suspension agitated for 3 hours at 30 deg. C. Next, 1 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol and 1 mMole of acetic anhydride is added and agitation continued for 10 minutes, followed by addition of 2 mMole of benzyl- methylamine and agitation for 20 minutes. The column is washed with 30 ml dichloromethane. Based on release of trityl, the above procedure typically gives on the order of 100 to 110 micromoles of bound linker.
B. Coupling cycle (Detritylation/Coupling/Capping) The coupling cycle described below is used for addin each subunit in an order appropriate to give a polyme having the desired sequence of subunits.
i) Detritylation. Add a solution containing 53 ml o dichloromethane, 6 ml of trifluoroethanol, and 1 gram o cyanoacetic acid. After this solution has passed through, wash the column with 40 ml of dichloromethane, followed b 20 ml of dichloromethane containing 4 mMole of diisopropyl aminoethanol. Wash the column with 10 ml of dichloro methane.
ii) Coupling. Add 1 ml of dichloromethane containing 12 microliter of diisopropylaminoethanol to 0.25 mMole o activated subunit (prepared as in Example 7A or 7B) and ad to the column and agitate at 37 deg. C for 1 hr. Wash th column with 30 ml dichloromethane. Note: excess unreacte activated subunit can be conveniently recovered simply b adding 4 volumes of hexane to this eluant and filtering.
iii) Capping. Add to the column 2 ml of dichloromethane containing 1 mMole of diisopropylaminoethanol and 1 mMole of acetic anhydride and agitate at 37 deg. C for 10 minutes. Add to the column 10 ml of dichloromethane containing 1 mMole of benzylmethylamine, and agitate the resin bed at 37 deg. C for 20 min. Wash the column with 30 ml dichloromethane.
C. Cleavage from support and deprotection After all the subunits have been added by the above coupling procedure, the full length polymer is cleaved from the support by eluting the column with a solution consist¬ ing of 2.5 ml of diethylmalonate, 5 ml of 1,8-diazabi- cyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, and 43 ml dichloromethane. The polymer is then precipitated from this eluant by addin ether.
If it is desirable to add a moiety to enhance aqueou solubility, or to enhance target binding affinity, or t facilitate uptake by specific cell or tissue types, the the secondary aliphatic amine generated upon cleavage fro the polystyrene support provides an excellent site for attachment of said moieties at this stage of the polymer preparation. The polymer product is next dissolved in DMF and an equal volume of conNH4OH added, the preparation capped tightly, and incubated 18 hrs at 37 deg. C. Subsequently, the preparation is dried under reduced pressure to give a polymer preparation wherein the base-pair recognition moieties are deprotected and at one end of the polymer is a trityl moiety, and at the other end is a secondary aliphatic amine - which, as noted above, may be derivatized prior to the ammonia treatment.
Example 9
Polymer Purification Methods. The full-length polymer having a terminal trityl moiety (typically greater than 50% of the total mass of the preparation for a 24-subunit long polymer) can be separated from the capped failure sequences by low pressure chromato¬ graphy on a column of chromatographic grade polypropylene (Catalog No. 4342 from PolySciences Inc.) developed with an acetonitrile/water gradient, with the eluant monitored photometrically at 254 nm. Purifications generally go better when the polymer is suspended in water and then the solution adjusted to pH 11 with dimethylamine and the eluting solvents also adjusted to pH 11 with dimethylamine. In this system, the tritylated full-length polymer elutes appreciably later than the non-trityl-containing capped failure sequences. The fractions containing full-length polymer ar collected and dried down under reduced pressure. The poly mer preparation is then detritylated by suspending i trifluoroethanol (1 g polymer in 25 ml TFE) and 1.5 ml o ercaptoacetic acid added. After 10 minutes, 100 ml o ether is added and the final pure product collected b centrifugation or filtration.
Example 10 Polvmer Assembly Via Novel Oxidation/Ring
Closure/Reduction Method
A. Synthesis support
The solid support used in this synthesis should be hydrophilic, but should not contain vicinyl hydroxyls. Add an aqueous slurry of Macro-Prep 50 CM (Catalog No. 156-0070 from Bio-Rad Laboratories, Richmond, Calif., USA) to a fritted column to give a 5 ml packed bed volume (containing approximately 1 mMole of carboxylate) . Wash this synthesis support with 100 ml of 0.1 N HC1 and then 50 ml water.
Pass 50 ml of DMF (dimethylformamide) through the column and drain. Add 5 ml of DMF containing 5 mMole of diisopro- pylcarbodiimide and 5 mMole. of p-nitrophenol and incubate with agitation at 30 deg. C for 3 hours. Wash the column with 100 ml of DMF and then add 20 mMole of piperazine in
10 ml of DMF and agitate for 15 minutes. Wash the column with 50 ml of DMF and drain.
B. Addition of linker and first subunit To 1 mMole of a ribose-containing subunit having a carbazate moiety at the 5' of the ribose (prepared as in Example 2F) in 5 ml of DMF, add 3 mMole of Bis[2-(suc- cinimidooxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl]sulfone (Pierce Chemical Co. of Rockford, Illinois, USA) and incubate at 30 deg. C for 3 hours. To the reaction mixture add ether and collect the precipitate. Wash the precipitated linker-subunit wit ether, resuspend in 5 ml of DMF, add to the synthesis sup port, and incubate with agitation for 3 hrs at 30 deg. C. Wash the support with 50 ml of DMF, and then with 100 ml of water.
C. Coupling cycle i) Oxidation of vicinyl hydroxyls
Dissolve 5 mMole of sodium periodate in 10 ml of water, add to column, and agitate for 10 minutes. Wash column with 50 ml of water and drain.
ii) Morpholino ring closure/reduction
Dissolve 2 mMole of sodium cyanoborohydride in 5 ml of water, adjust pH to between 7 and 8 with trimethylacetic acid, add 1.5 mMole of the next ribose-containing 5'- carbazate subunit, and add to the column containing the synthesis support. Incubate with agitation for 30 min at 30 deg. C. Add formic acid to reduce pH to between 3 and 4, and incubate at 30 deg. C for 10 minutes. Wash column with 100 ml of water.
Repeat this coupling cycle until all subunits have been added to give the desired full-length polymer.
Addition of terminal moieties
If it is desirable to add to the binding polymer a moiety to enhance aqueous solubility, or to enhance target binding affinity, or to facilitate uptake by specific cell or tissue types, this can be conveniently achieved at this stage by oxidizing the vicinyl hydroxyls of the terminal subunit of the polymer and, by the morpholino ring closure/reduction procedure described above, adding said moieties containing a primary aliphatic amine. Cleavage from the support
After all the subunits of the polymer, and any desir additional groups, have been added by the above coupli procedure, the polymer is cleaved from the support washing the column with 50 ml of DMF, and then eluting th column with a solution consisting of 2.5 ml of diethyl malonate, 5 ml of l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, an 43 ml of DMF. The polymer is then precipitated from thi eluant by adding ether. The full-length polymer can be purified by lo pressure chromatography on a column of chromatographi grade polypropylene (Catalog No. 4342 from PolyScience Inc.) developed with an acetonitrile/water gradient, wit the eluant monitored photometrically at 254 nm. Purifica tions generally go better when the polymer is suspended i water and then the solution adjusted to pH 11 with di methylamine and the eluting solvents also adjusted to pH 1 with dimethyl amine.
Example 11
Polymer Structural Characterization. NMR, and even two-dimensional NMR, appears to provid little useful structural information for these heteropoly mers when they are of any significant length. Likewise elemental analysis has not been found to be of value.
Polymers prepared as in Example 8 and cleaved from th solid support, but not yet treated with ammonium hydroxide generally show relatively clean parent ions for polymers u to about 16 to 18 subunits in length, when assessed b positive fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry. Fo longer polymers, and for polymers lacking protective group on the bases (such as prepared in Example 10) , effectiv mass analysis requires procedures such as laser desorptio or electro spray. Although the invention has been described with respec to particular polymer subunits, methods of preparing the subunits, and polymer assembly, it will be appreciated that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the invention.

Claims

IT IS CLAIMED:
1. A polymer composition effective to bind in sequence-specific manner to a target sequence of a duple polynucleotide containing at least two different-oriente Watson/Crick base-pairs at selected positions in the targe sequence, comprising a specific sequence of subunits havin the form:
Figure imgf000091_0001
where Y is a 2- or 3-atom length, uncharged subunit linkag group; R* is H, OH, or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a stereochemical orientation in the 5-membered ring and uniform stereochemical orientation in the 6-membered ring R; has a β stereochemical orientation; and at least abou 70% of j groups in the polymer are selected from two o more of the following base-pair-specificity groups:
(a) for a T:A or U:A oriented base-pairs, Rj is 2,6 diaminopurine;
(b) for a C:G oriented base-pair, Rj is guanine or 6 thioguanine; (c) for a G:C oriented base-pair, Rj is selected from th group consisting of planar bases having the followin skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, wher B indicates the polymer backbone:
Figure imgf000091_0002
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bon acceptor group; and. (d) for an A:T or A:U oriented base-pair, R; is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the polymer backbone:
Figure imgf000092_0001
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donating group.
2. The polymer composition of claim 1, containing one or more subunits of the form:
Figure imgf000092_0002
3. The polymer composition of claim 1, containing one or more subunits of the form: ; ι
Figure imgf000092_0003
4. The polymer composition of claim 3, containing one or more subunits of the form: |
Figure imgf000092_0004
5. The polymer composition of claim 1, for use in sequence-specific binding to a B-form DNA-DNA duplex nucleic acid, wherein the Y linkage group is three atoms in length.
6. The polymer composition of claim 5, wherein one more subunits of the polymer are selected from the gro consisting of:
Figure imgf000093_0001
7. The polymer composition of claim 6, wherein one o more subunits of the polymer are selected from the grou consisting of:
Figure imgf000093_0003
Figure imgf000093_0002
8. The polymer composition of claim 1, for use i sequence-specific binding to an A-form duplex nucleic acid wherein the Y linkage group is two atoms in length.
9. The polymer composition of claim 8, wherein one o more subunits of the polymer are selected from the grou consisting of: 93
Figure imgf000094_0001
10. The polymer composition of claim 8, wherein on or more subunits of the polymer are selected from the grou consisting of:
N
Figure imgf000094_0002
94
11. The polymer composition of claim 1, wherein the j structure is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000095_0005
Figure imgf000095_0002
Figure imgf000095_0003
Figure imgf000095_0004
95
12. The polymer of claim 1, wherein the Rj structur specific for a G:C target orientation is selected from th group consisting of the following bases:
Figure imgf000096_0001
13. The polymer of claim 1, wherein the Rj structur specific for a A:T target orientation is selected from th group consisting of the following bases:
Figure imgf000096_0002
14. The polymer composition of claim 1, wherein up to about 30% of the R; groups in the polymer are cytosine, at polymer subunits corresponding to a G:C base-pair orientation in the target sequence, and thymine, at polymer subunits corresponding to A:T base-pair orientations in the target sequence.
15. The composition of claim 1, wherein the polymer contains one or more attached moieties effective to enhance the solubility of the polymer in aqueous medium. 96
16. A method for coupling a first free or polymer terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
Figure imgf000097_0001
where Rj is a planar ring structure having two or more hydrogen-bonding sites, with a second free or polymer- terminal subunit having one of the following subunit forms:
Figure imgf000097_0002
where Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety, said method comprising: i) oxidizing the first subunit to generate a dialdehyde intermediate; ii) contacting the dialdehyde intermediate with the second subunit under conditions effective to couple a primary amine to a dialdehyde; and
(iii) adding a reducing agent effective to give a coupled structure selected from the following forms:
Figure imgf000097_0004
Figure imgf000097_0003
97
17. A method for isolating, from a liquid sample, target duplex nucleic acid fragment having a selecte sequence of base-pairs, comprising: i) contacting the sample with a polymer reagen containing structure which allows isolation of the reagen from solution, and attached to this structure, the polyme composition of claim 1 having a subunit sequence effectiv to bind in a sequence-specific manner with the selecte sequence of base-pairs, under conditions effective fo sequence-specific binding of the polymer composition to th selected sequence of base-pairs; and ii) separating the polymer reagent from the flui sample.
18. The method of claim 17, for use in detecting the presence of such target fragment in a liquid sample, whic further includes testing the separated polymer reagent for the presence of bound duplex nucleic acid.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein said polymer reagent includes a solid support with bound polymer composition, and said testing includes adding to the duplex nucleic acid, a fluorescent compound effective to intercalate into duplex DNA.
20. A subunit composition for use in forming a poly¬ mer composition effective to bind in a sequence specific manner to a target sequence in a duplex polynucleotide, comprising one of the following subunit structures: (a) (b) (c) (d)
Figure imgf000098_0001
98
where R' is H, OH, or O-alkyl; the 5'-methylene has a β stereochemical orientation in subunit forms (a) , (c) , and (d) and a uniform stereochemical orientation in subunit form (b) ; X is hydrogen or a protective group or a linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; Y is a nucleophilic or electrophilic linking group suitable for joining the subunits in any selected order into a linear polymer; and X and Y together are such that when two subunits of the subunit set are linked the resulting intersubunit linkage is 2 or 3 atoms in length and uncharged; Z is a 2-atom or 3-atom long moiety; and, Rj, which may be in the protected state and has a β stereochemical orientation, is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
Figure imgf000099_0001
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond acceptor group; or,
Rj is selected from the group consisting of planar bases having the following skeletal ring structures and hydrogen bonding arrays, where B indicates the aliphatic backbone moiety:
Figure imgf000099_0002
99
where the * ring position may carry a hydrogen-bond donating group.
PCT/US1992/005208 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids WO1993000352A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002110988A CA2110988C (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
AU22531/92A AU665560B2 (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
JP5501572A JPH06508526A (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Polymers for sequence-specific binding of double helix nucleic acids
EP92914039A EP0592511B1 (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
DE69221730T DE69221730T2 (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
KR1019930703954A KR100225090B1 (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/719,732 US5166315A (en) 1989-12-20 1991-06-20 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US719,732 1991-06-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1993000352A1 true WO1993000352A1 (en) 1993-01-07

Family

ID=24891147

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1992/005208 WO1993000352A1 (en) 1991-06-20 1992-06-18 Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US5166315A (en)
EP (1) EP0592511B1 (en)
JP (1) JPH06508526A (en)
KR (1) KR100225090B1 (en)
AT (1) ATE157098T1 (en)
AU (1) AU665560B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2110988C (en)
DE (1) DE69221730T2 (en)
TW (1) TW466243B (en)
WO (1) WO1993000352A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994012517A1 (en) * 1992-11-23 1994-06-09 Antivirals Inc. Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
WO1996018744A2 (en) * 1994-12-16 1996-06-20 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Dna purification by forming a triple helix with an immobilized oligonucleotide
US7038026B2 (en) 2000-05-26 2006-05-02 Centelion Purification of a triple heli formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide

Families Citing this family (987)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5506337A (en) * 1985-03-15 1996-04-09 Antivirals Inc. Morpholino-subunit combinatorial library and method
US5719262A (en) * 1993-11-22 1998-02-17 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains
US7223833B1 (en) * 1991-05-24 2007-05-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peptide nucleic acid conjugates
DK51092D0 (en) * 1991-05-24 1992-04-15 Ole Buchardt OLIGONUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUE DESCRIBED BY PEN, MONOMERIC SYNTHONES AND PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
US6713602B1 (en) * 1991-05-24 2004-03-30 Ole Buchardt Synthetic procedures for peptide nucleic acids
US5766855A (en) * 1991-05-24 1998-06-16 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity and sequence specificity
US6414112B1 (en) 1991-05-24 2002-07-02 Ole Buchardt Peptide nucleic acids having 2,6-diaminopurine nucleobases
US6441130B1 (en) 1991-05-24 2002-08-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked peptide nucleic acids
US5714331A (en) * 1991-05-24 1998-02-03 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
US6451968B1 (en) 1991-05-24 2002-09-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Peptide nucleic acids
US5726014A (en) * 1991-06-27 1998-03-10 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Screening assay for the detection of DNA-binding molecules
US6335434B1 (en) 1998-06-16 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates
US8153602B1 (en) 1991-11-19 2012-04-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and methods for the pulmonary delivery of nucleic acids
US5473060A (en) * 1993-07-02 1995-12-05 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide clamps having diagnostic applications
ATE247128T1 (en) 1993-09-03 2003-08-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc AMINODERIVATIZED NUCLEOSIDES AND OLIGONUCLEOSIDES
US6710164B1 (en) 1993-11-22 2004-03-23 Peter E. Nielsen Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
GB2284208A (en) * 1993-11-25 1995-05-31 Pna Diagnostics As Nucleic acid analogues with a chelating functionality for metal ions
WO1995018971A1 (en) * 1994-01-11 1995-07-13 Affymax Technologies N.V. Methods for the solid phase synthesis of glycoconjugates
US6420549B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2002-07-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs having modified dimers
JPH11506605A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-06-15 アボツト・ラボラトリーズ Method of masking probes to reduce background in amplification reactions
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US20030044941A1 (en) 1996-06-06 2003-03-06 Crooke Stanley T. Human RNase III and compositions and uses thereof
US9096636B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2015-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US7812149B2 (en) 1996-06-06 2010-10-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′-Fluoro substituted oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulations
US5898031A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-04-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA
DE69734783T2 (en) * 1996-07-24 2006-08-17 Buchardt, Dorte PEPTID NUCLEIC ACIDS WITH INCREASED BINDING SAFFINITY, SEQUENCE SPECIFICITY AND SOLUBILITY
US6251591B1 (en) 1997-02-27 2001-06-26 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Quantitative method for detecting nucleotide concentration
US6046004A (en) * 1997-02-27 2000-04-04 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Solution hybridization of nucleic acids with antisense probes having modified backbones
WO1999001579A1 (en) 1997-07-01 1999-01-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the delivery of oligonucleotides via the alimentary canal
US6383808B1 (en) 2000-09-11 2002-05-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of clusterin expression
US20040186071A1 (en) 1998-04-13 2004-09-23 Bennett C. Frank Antisense modulation of CD40 expression
US7321828B2 (en) 1998-04-13 2008-01-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. System of components for preparing oligonucleotides
US6841539B1 (en) 1998-05-21 2005-01-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for topical delivery of oligonucleotides
EP1080103A4 (en) * 1998-05-21 2003-07-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for non-parenteral delivery of oligonucleotides
US6255050B1 (en) 1998-05-22 2001-07-03 Lorne Park Research, Inc. Dynamic hybridization system
US6867294B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2005-03-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped oligomers having site specific chiral phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages
US6242589B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2001-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkages
US6225293B1 (en) 1998-09-02 2001-05-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compounds for tracking the biodistribution of macromolecule-carrier combinations
US6335194B1 (en) 1998-09-29 2002-01-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of survivin expression
JP2003523166A (en) 1998-09-29 2003-08-05 ガミダ セル リミテッド Methods for controlling proliferation and differentiation of stem and progenitor cells
US6077709A (en) 1998-09-29 2000-06-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of Survivin expression
US6300320B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2001-10-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of c-jun using inhibitors of protein kinase C
US6127124A (en) * 1999-01-20 2000-10-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorescence based nuclease assay
US7098192B2 (en) 1999-04-08 2006-08-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of STAT3 expression
US7534605B2 (en) * 1999-06-08 2009-05-19 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem CD44 polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding same, antibodies directed thereagainst and method of using same for diagnosing and treating inflammatory diseases
US6656730B1 (en) 1999-06-15 2003-12-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides conjugated to protein-binding drugs
US6593466B1 (en) 1999-07-07 2003-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Guanidinium functionalized nucleotides and precursors thereof
US7332275B2 (en) 1999-10-13 2008-02-19 Sequenom, Inc. Methods for detecting methylated nucleotides
US20020055479A1 (en) 2000-01-18 2002-05-09 Cowsert Lex M. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
US6261840B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of PTP1B expression
WO2001057251A2 (en) * 2000-02-04 2001-08-09 Aeomica, Inc. Methods and apparatus for predicting, confirming, and displaying functional information derived from genomic sequence
EP1274726B1 (en) * 2000-04-13 2009-12-23 Thomas N. Wight Therapeutic compounds and methods for modulating v3, a versican isoform
EP1282699B1 (en) 2000-05-04 2012-11-21 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Splice-region antisense composition and method
US6680172B1 (en) 2000-05-16 2004-01-20 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatments and markers for cancers of the central nervous system
US6686188B2 (en) * 2000-05-26 2004-02-03 Amersham Plc Polynucleotide encoding a human myosin-like polypeptide expressed predominantly in heart and muscle
US6656700B2 (en) 2000-05-26 2003-12-02 Amersham Plc Isoforms of human pregnancy-associated protein-E
WO2002004479A1 (en) 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Avi Biopharma, Inc. TRANSFORMING GROWTH FACTOR BETA (TGF-β) BLOCKING AGENT-TREATED STEM CELL COMPOSITION AND METHOD
US6958214B2 (en) * 2000-07-10 2005-10-25 Sequenom, Inc. Polymorphic kinase anchor proteins and nucleic acids encoding the same
US8568766B2 (en) 2000-08-24 2013-10-29 Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies associated with eye disease
AU2001296846B2 (en) 2000-10-12 2007-07-05 University Of Rochester Compositions that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells
US7767802B2 (en) 2001-01-09 2010-08-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of anti-apoptotic genes
US6573051B2 (en) * 2001-03-09 2003-06-03 Molecular Staging, Inc. Open circle probes with intramolecular stem structures
MXPA03011985A (en) 2001-06-20 2004-03-26 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor.
US7803915B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2010-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Antibody compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
CA2451643C (en) 2001-06-21 2012-11-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of superoxide dismutase 1, soluble expression
US6964950B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US7425545B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2008-09-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of C-reactive protein expression
US20030096772A1 (en) 2001-07-30 2003-05-22 Crooke Rosanne M. Antisense modulation of acyl CoA cholesterol acyltransferase-2 expression
US7407943B2 (en) 2001-08-01 2008-08-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein B expression
US20040096880A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2004-05-20 Kmiec Eric B. Compositions and methods for the treatment of diseases exhibiting protein misassembly and aggregation
US7227014B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
CA2455424A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 University Of Delaware Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of huntington's disease
US20060068405A1 (en) * 2004-01-27 2006-03-30 Alex Diber Methods and systems for annotating biomolecular sequences
ES2390531T3 (en) 2001-09-18 2012-11-13 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and procedures for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US6750019B2 (en) 2001-10-09 2004-06-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expression
NZ585001A (en) 2001-10-09 2011-08-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Antisense modulation of insulin-like growth factor binding protein 5 expression
US6965025B2 (en) 2001-12-10 2005-11-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of connective tissue growth factor expression
EP2067472A1 (en) 2002-01-02 2009-06-10 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
IL152904A0 (en) 2002-01-24 2003-06-24 Gamida Cell Ltd Utilization of retinoid and vitamin d receptor antagonists for expansion of renewable stem cell populations
EP1465982A4 (en) 2002-01-25 2006-06-07 Gamida Cell Ltd Methods of expanding stem and progenitor cells and expanded cell populations obtained thereby
US7553619B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2009-06-30 Qiagen Gmbh Detection method using dissociated rolling circle amplification
US20030180712A1 (en) 2002-03-20 2003-09-25 Biostratum Ab Inhibition of the beta3 subunit of L-type Ca2+ channels
NZ535925A (en) 2002-04-16 2008-06-30 Genentech Inc An isolated antibody that binds to a particular polypeptide
US7432342B2 (en) 2002-05-03 2008-10-07 Sequenom, Inc. Kinase anchor protein muteins, peptides thereof and related documents
US7199107B2 (en) 2002-05-23 2007-04-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of kinesin-like 1 expression
WO2003106617A2 (en) * 2002-06-12 2003-12-24 Tel Aviv Medical Center Research Development Fund Oligonucleotides antibodies and kits including same for treating prostate cancer and determining predisposition thereto
CA2495478A1 (en) 2002-08-05 2004-02-12 University Of Rochester Protein transducing domain/deaminase chimeric proteins, related compounds, and uses thereof
JP2005538186A (en) 2002-09-13 2005-12-15 レプリコール インコーポレーティッド Non-sequence complementary antiviral oligonucleotides
JP2006500030A (en) 2002-09-20 2006-01-05 イェール ユニバーシティ Riboswitch, method of using the same, and composition for use with riboswitch
EP1549767A4 (en) 2002-09-26 2006-06-07 Amgen Inc Modulation of forkhead box o1a expression
US9150605B2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
EP1560839A4 (en) 2002-11-05 2008-04-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Chimeric oligomeric compounds and their use in gene modulation
US9150606B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
EP1578765A4 (en) 2002-11-05 2008-04-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Sugar surrogate-containing oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in gene modulation
DK2336318T3 (en) 2002-11-13 2013-07-15 Genzyme Corp ANTISENSE MODULATION OF APOLIPOPROTEIN B EXPRESSION
EP1569695B1 (en) 2002-11-13 2013-05-15 Genzyme Corporation Antisense modulation of apolipoprotein b expression
US20060009378A1 (en) * 2002-11-14 2006-01-12 Itshak Golan Novel galectin sequences and compositions and methods utilizing same for treating or diagnosing arthritis and other chronic inflammatory diseases
WO2004046330A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Morphotek, Inc. Methods of generating high-production of antibodies from hybridomas created by in vitro immunization
JP4915980B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2012-04-11 エムユーエスシー ファウンデーション フォー リサーチ デベロップメント Complement receptor 2 targeted complement regulator
US7557092B2 (en) 2002-11-21 2009-07-07 University Of Utah Research Foundation Purinergic modulation of smell
US7144999B2 (en) 2002-11-23 2006-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression
US9487823B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2016-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
CA2510587A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
US6977153B2 (en) * 2002-12-31 2005-12-20 Qiagen Gmbh Rolling circle amplification of RNA
CA2515484C (en) 2003-02-11 2011-09-20 Antisense Therapeutics Ltd Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression
US7002006B2 (en) * 2003-02-12 2006-02-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protection of nucleosides
JP2006525796A (en) 2003-02-27 2006-11-16 イェダ リサーチ アンド デベロップメント カンパニー リミテッド Nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, antibodies, and compositions containing them useful for treating and detecting influenza virus infection
US7803781B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2010-09-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of growth hormone receptor expression and insulin-like growth factor expression
US20040185559A1 (en) 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 1 expression
US8043834B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2011-10-25 Qiagen Gmbh Universal reagents for rolling circle amplification and methods of use
US7598227B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2009-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III expression
US7399853B2 (en) 2003-04-28 2008-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
ES2500921T3 (en) 2003-04-29 2014-10-01 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions to enhance the transport and antisense efficacy of nucleic acid analogs in cells
WO2004108081A2 (en) 2003-06-02 2004-12-16 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide synthesis with alternative solvents
WO2005002507A2 (en) 2003-06-03 2005-01-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of survivin expression
DK3604537T3 (en) 2003-06-13 2022-02-28 Alnylam Europe Ag Double-stranded ribonucleic acid with increased efficiency in an organism
CA2533701A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas
US7825235B2 (en) 2003-08-18 2010-11-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 expression
US20050053981A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Swayze Eric E. Gapped oligomeric compounds having linked bicyclic sugar moieties at the termini
US20050153935A1 (en) * 2003-09-12 2005-07-14 Iversen Patrick L. Compound and method for treating androgen-independent prostate cancer
AU2004274021B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2009-08-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-thionucleosides and oligomeric compounds
EP2182063A3 (en) 2003-09-18 2012-07-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of EIF4E expression
US20050222068A1 (en) * 2003-10-23 2005-10-06 Mourich Dan V Method and antisense composition for selective inhibition of HIV infection in hematopoietic cells
US20050191653A1 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-09-01 Freier Susan M. Modulation of SGLT2 expression
JP4901478B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2012-03-21 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumors of hematopoietic origin
EP1711606A2 (en) 2004-01-20 2006-10-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of glucocorticoid receptor expression
US7468431B2 (en) 2004-01-22 2008-12-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP2 expression
US8778900B2 (en) 2004-01-22 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of eIF4E-BP1 expression
US20050234002A1 (en) * 2004-01-23 2005-10-20 Mourich Dan V Antisense oligomers and methods for inducing immune tolerance and immunosuppression
US7842459B2 (en) * 2004-01-27 2010-11-30 Compugen Ltd. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis
US8569474B2 (en) 2004-03-09 2013-10-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded constructs comprising one or more short strands hybridized to a longer strand
EP2700720A3 (en) 2004-03-15 2015-01-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for optimizing cleavage of RNA by RNASE H
US20050244869A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-11-03 Brown-Driver Vickie L Modulation of transthyretin expression
WO2005097817A2 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-10-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process and reagents for oligonucleotide synthesis and purification
US7674778B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2010-03-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Oligonucleotides comprising a conjugate group linked through a C5-modified pyrimidine
DK1773872T3 (en) 2004-05-21 2017-05-08 Uab Res Found VARIABLE Lymphocyte Receptors, Associated Polypeptides and Nucleic Acids, and Uses thereof
US20090048192A1 (en) * 2004-06-03 2009-02-19 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double Strand Compositions Comprising Differentially Modified Strands for Use in Gene Modulation
US8394947B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2013-03-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Positionally modified siRNA constructs
USRE48960E1 (en) 2004-06-28 2022-03-08 The University Of Western Australia Antisense oligonucleotides for inducing exon skipping and methods of use thereof
SI2206781T1 (en) 2004-06-28 2016-05-31 The University Of Western Australia Antisense oligonucleotides for inducing exon skipping and methods of use thereof
PT1766012E (en) 2004-07-02 2011-09-05 Avi Biopharma Inc Antisense antibacterial method and compound
US7884086B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2011-02-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugates for use in hepatocyte free uptake assays
US8129352B2 (en) * 2004-09-16 2012-03-06 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating ssRNA viral infection
EP1799812A4 (en) 2004-09-16 2009-09-09 Gamida Cell Ltd Methods of ex vivo progenitor and stem cell expansion by co-culture with mesenchymal cells
ES2729826T3 (en) 2004-09-23 2019-11-06 Arc Medical Devices Inc Pharmaceutical compositions and related methods to inhibit fibrous adhesions or inflammatory disease using low sulfate fucans
US7524829B2 (en) * 2004-11-01 2009-04-28 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense antiviral compounds and methods for treating a filovirus infection
CA2588087A1 (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Obe Therapy Biotechnology S.A.S. Methods of reducing body fat
EP1824520B1 (en) 2004-11-17 2016-04-27 Biosensors International Group, Ltd. Methods of detecting prostate cancer
EP1855694B1 (en) * 2005-02-09 2020-12-02 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense composition for treating muscle atrophy
CN101175769A (en) 2005-03-10 2008-05-07 健泰科生物技术公司 Methods and compositions for modulating vascular integrity
US7476733B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2009-01-13 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Development of a real-time PCR assay for detection of pneumococcal DNA and diagnosis of pneumococccal disease
US20060240032A1 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-26 Hinrichs David J Immunomodulating compositions and methods for use in the treatment of human autoimmune diseases
US8309303B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2012-11-13 Qiagen Gmbh Reverse transcription and amplification of RNA with simultaneous degradation of DNA
WO2007008300A2 (en) 2005-05-31 2007-01-18 ECOLE POLYTECHNIQUE FéDéRALE DE LAUSANNE Triblock copolymers for cytoplasmic delivery of gene-based drugs
US20090209621A1 (en) 2005-06-03 2009-08-20 The Johns Hopkins University Compositions and methods for decreasing microrna expression for the treatment of neoplasia
WO2006138145A1 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
EP1907592B1 (en) * 2005-07-01 2011-03-09 Dako Denmark A/S Monomeric and polymeric linkers useful for conjugating biological molecules and other substances
AU2006267841B2 (en) * 2005-07-07 2011-12-15 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Nucleic acid agents for downregulating H19, and methods of using same
US7790694B2 (en) * 2005-07-13 2010-09-07 Avi Biopharma Inc. Antisense antibacterial method and compound
US8067571B2 (en) 2005-07-13 2011-11-29 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antibacterial antisense oligonucleotide and method
AU2006267051B2 (en) 2005-07-13 2013-03-07 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense antibacterial method and compound
ATE483802T1 (en) 2005-08-11 2010-10-15 Synthetic Genomics Inc METHOD FOR IN VITRO RECOMBINATION
EP1915461B1 (en) 2005-08-17 2018-08-01 Dx4U GmbH Composition and method for determination of ck19 expression
AU2006284855B2 (en) 2005-08-29 2011-10-13 Regulus Therapeutics Inc. Methods for use in modulating miR-122a
CA2621964A1 (en) * 2005-09-08 2007-03-15 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating picornavirus infection
US8524676B2 (en) * 2005-09-08 2013-09-03 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Method for treating enterovirus or rhinovirus infection using antisense antiviral compounds
EP1762627A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-14 Qiagen GmbH Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction
US8906609B1 (en) 2005-09-26 2014-12-09 Arrowhead Center, Inc. Label-free biomolecule sensor based on surface charge modulated ionic conductance
IL172297A (en) 2005-10-03 2016-03-31 Compugen Ltd Soluble vegfr-1 variants for diagnosis of preeclamsia
EP1934331A4 (en) 2005-10-14 2009-01-21 Musc Found For Res Dev Targeting pax2 for the induction of defb1-mediated tumor immunity and cancer therapy
US8080534B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-12-20 Phigenix, Inc Targeting PAX2 for the treatment of breast cancer
AU2006305886C1 (en) 2005-10-28 2011-03-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of huntingtin gene
US8501704B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2013-08-06 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Immunosuppression compound and treatment method
US20100069461A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2010-03-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of factor v leiden mutant gene
JP2009516710A (en) 2005-11-21 2009-04-23 アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレーテッド Modulating the expression of eIF4E-BP2
US8846393B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2014-09-30 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Methods of improving stem cell homing and engraftment
WO2007100412A2 (en) * 2005-12-21 2007-09-07 Yale University Methods and compositions related to the modulation of riboswitches
CN101437933B (en) 2005-12-28 2013-11-06 斯克里普斯研究所 Natural antisense and non-coding RNA transcripts as drug targets
EP2216339A1 (en) 2006-01-16 2010-08-11 Compugen Ltd. Novel nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof for diagnosis
US8129515B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2012-03-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and compositions for the use in modulation of microRNAs
EP2314594B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2014-07-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US7569686B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-08-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for synthesis of bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2007103529A2 (en) * 2006-03-07 2007-09-13 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense antiviral compound and method for treating arenavirus infection
KR101547579B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2015-08-27 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 DsRNA for inhibiting expression of Eg5 gene
CA2651031A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Baltic Technology Development, Ltd. Antisense agents combining strongly bound base - modified oligonucleotide and artificial nuclease
US20090326041A1 (en) 2006-05-05 2009-12-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating expression of sglt2
EP2735568B8 (en) * 2006-05-10 2017-09-27 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs having cationic intersubunit linkages
US8785407B2 (en) * 2006-05-10 2014-07-22 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense antiviral agent and method for treating ssRNA viral infection
WO2007134161A2 (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the pcsk9 gene
US7666854B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2010-02-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US20070265215A1 (en) * 2006-05-11 2007-11-15 Iversen Patrick L Antisense restenosis composition and method
DK2066684T3 (en) 2006-05-11 2012-10-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc 5'-Modified Bicyclic Nucleic Acid Analogs
CN101489566B (en) 2006-05-19 2012-04-18 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Rnai modulation of aha and therapeutic uses thereof
CA2653451C (en) 2006-05-22 2015-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of ikk-b gene
US9506056B2 (en) 2006-06-08 2016-11-29 Northwestern University Nucleic acid functionalized nanoparticles for therapeutic applications
US8198253B2 (en) 2006-07-19 2012-06-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and their uses directed to HBXIP
EP2061799A4 (en) * 2006-09-11 2010-12-22 Univ Yale Methods and compositions for the use of lysine riboswitches
CA2663581C (en) 2006-09-21 2016-03-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the hamp gene
ES2611924T3 (en) 2006-10-03 2017-05-11 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Formulations containing lipids
WO2008136852A2 (en) 2006-11-01 2008-11-13 University Of Rochester Methods and compositions related to the structure and function of apobec3g
CA2672297A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 University Of Utah Research Foundation Compositions and methods for treating pathologic angiogenesis and vascular permeability
CA2675967A1 (en) * 2007-01-16 2008-07-24 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusale M Nucleic acid constructs and methods for specific silencing of h19
WO2008093331A1 (en) * 2007-01-29 2008-08-07 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Antibody conjugates for circumventing multi-drug resistance
EP2121987B1 (en) 2007-02-09 2012-06-13 Northwestern University Particles for detecting intracellular targets
KR20100015757A (en) 2007-03-22 2010-02-12 예일 유니버시티 Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that control alternative splicing
PE20090064A1 (en) 2007-03-26 2009-03-02 Novartis Ag DOUBLE-CHAIN RIBONUCLEIC ACID TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF THE HUMAN E6AP GENE AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT
JP5350360B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2013-11-27 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for inhibiting the expression of genes from Ebola
WO2008141275A1 (en) 2007-05-11 2008-11-20 The Johns Hopkins University Biomarkers for melanoma
MX2009012773A (en) 2007-05-29 2009-12-16 Univ Yale Riboswitches and methods and compositions for use of and with riboswitches.
CA2687684A1 (en) * 2007-05-29 2008-12-11 Yale University Methods and compositions related to riboswitches that control alternative splicing and rna processing
AU2008260277C1 (en) 2007-05-30 2014-04-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-substituted-aminomethylene bridged bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US7807372B2 (en) * 2007-06-04 2010-10-05 Northwestern University Screening sequence selectivity of oligonucleotide-binding molecules using nanoparticle based colorimetric assay
AU2008262391A1 (en) * 2007-06-06 2008-12-18 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Soluble HER2 and HER3 splice variant proteins, splice-switching oligonucleotides, and their use in the treatment of disease
DK2173760T4 (en) 2007-06-08 2016-02-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Carbocyclic bicyclic nukleinsyreanaloge
JP5864100B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2016-02-17 サレプタ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Tissue-specific peptide conjugates and methods
BRPI0814189A2 (en) 2007-07-05 2015-03-03 Novartis Ag DOUBLE FILM RIBONUCLEIC ACID, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND ITS USES, METHOD FOR INHIBITING PHOSPHYDYLINOSITOL 4-KINASE EXPRESSION, VECTOR AND USE OF A COMPOUND THAT SELECTIVELY INHIBITS PHOSPHTIDYLINOSITOL-4 PHASE.
ES2376507T5 (en) 2007-07-05 2015-08-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
EP2188298B1 (en) 2007-08-15 2013-09-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
JP2010537638A (en) 2007-08-28 2010-12-09 ユーエービー リサーチ ファウンデーション Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimetic polypeptides and methods of use
DK2682400T5 (en) 2007-08-28 2017-11-27 Uab Research Foundation Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimic polypeptides and methods of use
DK2769729T3 (en) 2007-09-04 2019-04-23 Compugen Ltd POLYPEPTIDES AND POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF AS A PHARMACEUTICAL OBJECTIVE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MEDICINAL PRODUCTS AND BIOTECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS
WO2009039466A1 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Vanderbilt University Free solution measurement of molecular interactions by backscattering interferometry
WO2009039442A1 (en) 2007-09-21 2009-03-26 California Institute Of Technology Nfia in glial fate determination, glioma therapy and astrocytoma treatment
CA2700953A1 (en) 2007-10-02 2009-04-09 Amgen Inc. Increasing erythropoietin using nucleic acids hybridizable to micro-rna and precursors thereof
US8097712B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2012-01-17 Beelogics Inc. Compositions for conferring tolerance to viral disease in social insects, and the use thereof
EP2222851B1 (en) 2007-11-20 2017-06-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of cd40 expression
WO2009067647A1 (en) * 2007-11-21 2009-05-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic alpha-l-bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
JP5530933B2 (en) 2007-12-10 2014-06-25 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for inhibiting factor VII gene expression
US7989608B2 (en) * 2007-12-28 2011-08-02 Avi Biopharma Inc. Immunomodulatory agents and methods of use
EP2224912B1 (en) 2008-01-02 2016-05-11 TEKMIRA Pharmaceuticals Corporation Improved compositions and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids
WO2009100320A2 (en) 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexitol nucleic acid analogs
JP2011518117A (en) 2008-03-05 2011-06-23 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of Eg5 and VEGF genes
US8426378B2 (en) 2008-03-21 2013-04-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclic nucelosides and methods for their use
DK2285819T3 (en) 2008-04-04 2013-12-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc OLIGOMER COMPOUNDS INCLUDING NEUTRAL BONDED, TERMINAL BICYCLIC NUCLEOSIDES
EP2982753B1 (en) 2008-04-18 2018-06-06 Baxter International Inc. Microsphere-based composition for preventing and/or reversing new-onset autoimmune diabetes
EP3081648A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2016-10-19 Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides directed against connective tissue growth factor and uses thereof
WO2010028054A1 (en) 2008-09-02 2010-03-11 Alnylam Europe Ag. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mutant egfr gene
EP2361256B1 (en) 2008-09-24 2013-04-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclohexenyl nucleic acid analogs
US8501805B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2013-08-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted alpha-L-bicyclic nucleosides
EP2334793B1 (en) 2008-09-25 2016-04-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of serum amyloid a gene
WO2010042877A1 (en) 2008-10-09 2010-04-15 Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation Improved amino lipids and methods for the delivery of nucleic acids
AU2009305636A1 (en) 2008-10-15 2010-04-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of Factor 11 expression
EA029762B1 (en) 2008-10-20 2018-05-31 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of transthyretin
WO2010048586A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Multiple exon skipping compositions for dmd
EP2447274B1 (en) 2008-10-24 2017-10-04 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds and methods
AU2009308217B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2016-01-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' and 2' bis-substituted nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
DK2365803T3 (en) 2008-11-24 2018-01-22 Univ Northwestern POLYVALENT RNA NANOPARTICLE COMPOSITIONS
WO2010061393A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2010-06-03 Compugen Ltd. He4 variant nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and methods of use thereof
ES2637063T3 (en) 2008-12-04 2017-10-10 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to tumor suppressor genes by inhibiting the natural antisense transcript to the gene
MX366774B (en) 2008-12-04 2019-07-24 Curna Inc Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirtuin 1.
WO2010065792A2 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 Curna, Inc. Treatment of erythropoietin (epo) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to epo
ES2554765T3 (en) 2008-12-05 2015-12-23 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. miRNA-9 or miRNA-9 * for use in the treatment of ALS
WO2010068816A1 (en) 2008-12-10 2010-06-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gnaq targeted dsrna compositions and methods for inhibiting expression
CA2746508A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-15 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense compositions and methods for modulating contact hypersensitivity or contact dermatitis
US20100233270A1 (en) 2009-01-08 2010-09-16 Northwestern University Delivery of Oligonucleotide-Functionalized Nanoparticles
US20100294952A1 (en) * 2009-01-15 2010-11-25 Northwestern University Controlled agent release and sequestration
CA2751342C (en) 2009-01-29 2019-05-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid formulations comprising cationic lipid and a targeting lipid comprising n-acetyl galactosamine for delivery of nucleic acid
WO2010090762A1 (en) 2009-02-04 2010-08-12 Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation Rna duplexes with single stranded phosphorothioate nucleotide regions for additional functionality
WO2010090969A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrahydropyran nucleic acid analogs
US20110319476A1 (en) 2009-02-12 2011-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of glial cell derived neurotrophic factor (gdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to gdnf
PL2396038T3 (en) 2009-02-12 2016-05-31 Curna Inc Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf
WO2010099341A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-09-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of mig-12 gene
US8975389B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2015-03-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid chemical modifications
EP2403946A4 (en) 2009-03-04 2012-11-14 Treatment of sirtuin 1 (sirt1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to sirt 1
JP6032724B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2016-11-30 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid preparation composition and method for inhibiting expression of Eg5 gene and VEGF gene
US9464287B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2016-10-11 Curna, Inc. Treatment of nuclear factor (erythroid-derived 2)-like 2 (NRF2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to NRF2
CA2755404C (en) 2009-03-17 2020-03-24 Joseph Collard Treatment of delta-like 1 homolog (dlk1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dlk1
JP6145270B2 (en) 2009-04-15 2017-06-07 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Delivery of oligonucleotide functionalized nanoparticles
EP3248618A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2017-11-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Innate immune suppression enables repeated delivery of long rna molecules
US8318690B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2012-11-27 Curna, Inc. Treatment of hemoglobin (HBF/HBG) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to HBF/HBG
AU2010245933B2 (en) 2009-05-05 2016-06-16 Arbutus Biopharma Corporation Methods of delivering oligonucleotides to immune cells
SG10201402054UA (en) 2009-05-05 2014-09-26 Muthiah Manoharan Lipid compositions
CN106237345A (en) 2009-05-06 2016-12-21 库尔纳公司 By suppression therapy lipid transfer and the metabolic gene relevant disease of the natural antisense transcript for lipid transfer and metabolic gene
ES2609655T3 (en) 2009-05-06 2017-04-21 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to tristetraproline (TTP) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript for TTP
US20120107331A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2012-05-03 Yale University Gemm riboswitches, structure-based compound design with gemm riboswitches, and methods and compositions for use of and with gemm riboswitches
JP5922017B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2016-05-24 クルナ・インコーポレーテッド Treatment of reprogramming factor-related diseases by suppression of natural antisense transcripts against the reprogramming factor
WO2010135695A2 (en) 2009-05-22 2010-11-25 Curna, Inc. TREATMENT OF TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR E3 (TFE3) and INSULIN RECEPTOR SUBSTRATE 2 (IRS2) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENSE TRANSCRIPT TO TFE3
EP2435571B1 (en) 2009-05-28 2016-12-14 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of antiviral gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an antiviral gene
CN102575252B (en) 2009-06-01 2016-04-20 光环生物干扰疗法公司 For polynucleotide, the compoistion and method of use of multivalence RNA interference
CN104873464B (en) 2009-06-10 2018-06-22 阿布特斯生物制药公司 Improved lipid formulations
KR101801404B1 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-12-20 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of collagen gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a collagen gene
ES2629339T3 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-08-08 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to paraoxonase 1 (pon1) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pon1
CA2765889A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of tumor necrosis factor receptor 2 (tnfr2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to tnfr2
KR101807324B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2017-12-08 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of down syndrome gene related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a down syndrome gene
US9512164B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2016-12-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide end caps
US8927513B2 (en) 2009-07-07 2015-01-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′ phosphate mimics
CA2769665A1 (en) 2009-08-05 2011-02-10 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of insulin gene (ins) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to an insulin gene (ins)
EP2462153B1 (en) 2009-08-06 2015-07-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs
AP2015008874A0 (en) 2009-08-14 2015-11-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Lipid formulated compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of a gene from the ebola virus
WO2011022420A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2011-02-24 Yale University Methylation biomarkers and methods of use
KR101892760B1 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-08-28 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of 'iq motif containing gtpase activating protein' (iqgap) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to iqgap
DK2473522T3 (en) 2009-09-02 2016-11-28 Genentech Inc Smoothened MUTANT AND METHODS OF USING THE SAME
US8962584B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-02-24 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Compositions for controlling Varroa mites in bees
WO2011045796A1 (en) 2009-10-14 2011-04-21 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Compositions for controlling varroa mites in bees
RU2539772C2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-01-27 Дженентек, Инк. Methods and compositions for hepsin modulation of macrophage-stimulating protein
EP2494066B1 (en) 2009-10-27 2017-04-05 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Bimolecular primers
AU2010313154B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2016-05-12 Northwestern University Templated nanoconjugates
KR20120102674A (en) 2009-11-03 2012-09-18 유니버시티 오브 버지니아 페이턴트 파운데이션 Versatile, visible method for detecting polymeric analytes
WO2011058555A1 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. A method of editing dna in a cell and constructs capable of same
KR102487132B1 (en) 2009-11-12 2023-01-10 더 유니버시티 오브 웨스턴 오스트레일리아 Antisense Molecules and Methods for Treating Pathologies
CN102712928B (en) 2009-11-13 2017-08-04 萨雷普塔治疗公司 Antisense antiviral compound and the method for treating influenza infection
EP2504450B1 (en) 2009-11-23 2016-07-06 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Devices to extend single stranded target molecules
PE20121584A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2012-11-29 Genentech Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF TUMORS
ES2661813T3 (en) 2009-12-16 2018-04-04 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to membrane transcription factor peptidase, site 1 (mbtps1) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to the mbtps1 gene
WO2011079261A2 (en) 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Curna, Inc. Treatment of hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to hgf
EP2515947B1 (en) 2009-12-23 2021-10-06 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of uncoupling protein 2 (ucp2) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to ucp2
RU2615450C2 (en) 2009-12-29 2017-04-04 Курна, Инк. Treating diseases associated with nuclear respiratory factor 1 (nrf1) by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to nrf1
JP5982288B2 (en) 2009-12-29 2016-08-31 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of tumor protein 63-related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against tumor protein 63 (p63)
DK2521784T3 (en) 2010-01-04 2018-03-12 Curna Inc TREATMENT OF INTERFERON REGULATORY FACTOR 8- (IRF8) RELATED DISEASES BY INHIBITION OF NATURAL ANTISENCE TRANSCRIPT TO IRF8
JP5963680B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2016-08-03 カッパーアールエヌエー,インコーポレイテッド Treatment of pancreatic developmental gene diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcripts against pancreatic developmental genes
WO2011085347A2 (en) 2010-01-11 2011-07-14 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of sex hormone binding globulin (shbg) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to shbg
US8779118B2 (en) 2010-01-11 2014-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Base modified bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2524042A2 (en) 2010-01-12 2012-11-21 Yale University Structured rna motifs and compounds and methods for their use
ES2671877T3 (en) 2010-01-25 2018-06-11 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to RNASA (H1) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to RNASA H1
CA2824843A1 (en) 2010-02-04 2011-08-11 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Dosing regimens for treating and preventing ocular disorders using c-raf antisense
CN102844435B (en) 2010-02-22 2017-05-10 库尔纳公司 Treatment of pyrroline-5-carboxylate reductase 1 (pycr1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to pycr1
WO2011105902A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-beta (c8-beta) and uses thereof
WO2011105900A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 8-alpha (c8-alpha) and uses thereof
KR20130004579A (en) 2010-02-23 2013-01-11 제넨테크, 인크. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2011105901A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Academisch Ziekenhuis Bij De Universiteit Van Amsterdam Antagonists of complement component 9 (c9) and uses thereof
WO2011112516A1 (en) 2010-03-08 2011-09-15 Ico Therapeutics Inc. Treating and preventing hepatitis c virus infection using c-raf kinase antisense oligonucleotides
SG183407A1 (en) 2010-03-08 2012-09-27 Monsanto Technology Llc Polynucleotide molecules for gene regulation in plants
US20130101512A1 (en) 2010-03-12 2013-04-25 Chad A. Mirkin Crosslinked polynucleotide structure
EP2544703A4 (en) 2010-03-12 2013-09-18 Brigham & Womens Hospital Methods of treating vascular inflammatory disorders
US9068185B2 (en) 2010-03-12 2015-06-30 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense modulation of nuclear hormone receptors
US9193752B2 (en) 2010-03-17 2015-11-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′-substituted bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8889350B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-11-18 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for isolating polynucleotides
AU2011235276B2 (en) 2010-03-29 2015-09-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SiRNA therapy for transthyretin (TTR) related ocular amyloidosis
WO2011123621A2 (en) 2010-04-01 2011-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2' and 5' modified monomers and oligonucleotides
EP2556160A4 (en) 2010-04-09 2013-08-21 Curna Inc Treatment of fibroblast growth factor 21 (fgf21) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to fgf21
WO2011133695A2 (en) 2010-04-20 2011-10-27 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Materials and methods for nucleic acid fractionation by solid phase entrapment and enzyme-mediated detachment
US9725479B2 (en) 2010-04-22 2017-08-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5′-end derivatives
WO2011139714A2 (en) 2010-04-26 2011-11-10 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of cysteinyl-trna synthetase
CN103096911B (en) 2010-04-27 2018-05-29 Atyr 医药公司 Treatment relevant with the protein fragments of Isoleucyl-tRNA synthetase, diagnosis and the innovation of antibody compositions are found
CN103154014B (en) 2010-04-28 2015-03-25 Isis制药公司 Modified nucleosides, modified nucleosides-like and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2625186B1 (en) 2010-04-28 2016-07-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' modified nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
WO2011139853A2 (en) 2010-04-28 2011-11-10 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of alanyl trna synthetases
CN103097523B (en) 2010-04-29 2016-09-28 Atyr医药公司 The innovation for the treatment of, diagnosis and the antibody compositions relevant to the protein fragments of Asparaginyl-tRNA synthetase finds
ES2625689T3 (en) 2010-04-29 2017-07-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of transthyretin expression
AU2011248457B2 (en) 2010-04-29 2017-02-16 Pangu Biopharma Limited Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of valyl tRNA synthetases
WO2011150279A2 (en) 2010-05-27 2011-12-01 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of glutaminyl-trna synthetases
CN107090045A (en) 2010-05-03 2017-08-25 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Composition and method for tumor diagnosis and therapy
US8981045B2 (en) 2010-05-03 2015-03-17 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of methionyl-tRNA synthetases
CN105820252B (en) 2010-05-03 2020-07-21 Atyr 医药公司 Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of phenylalanyl- α -tRNA synthetases
US8961961B2 (en) 2010-05-03 2015-02-24 a Tyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related protein fragments of arginyl-tRNA synthetases
WO2011139387A1 (en) 2010-05-03 2011-11-10 Opko Curna, Llc Treatment of sirtuin (sirt) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to a sirtuin (sirt)
CA2798139C (en) 2010-05-04 2019-09-24 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of p38 multi-trna synthetase complex
US9050373B2 (en) 2010-05-13 2015-06-09 The Charlotte-Mecklenburg Hospital Authority Pharmaceutical compositions comprising antisense oligonucleotides and methods of using same
ES2816898T3 (en) 2010-05-13 2021-04-06 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Compounds that modulate the signaling activity of interleukins 17 and 23
CN103200953B (en) 2010-05-14 2017-02-15 Atyr 医药公司 Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of phenylalanyl-beta-trna synthetases
TWI586356B (en) 2010-05-14 2017-06-11 可娜公司 Treatment of par4 related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to par4
AU2011256366C1 (en) 2010-05-17 2017-06-15 Pangu Biopharma Limited Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of leucyl-tRNA synthetases
WO2011150226A1 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-12-01 Landers James P Method for detecting nucleic acids based on aggregate formation
KR20180053419A (en) 2010-05-26 2018-05-21 큐알엔에이, 인크. Treatment of atonal homolog 1 (atoh1) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to atoh1
KR102095478B1 (en) 2010-05-28 2020-04-01 사렙타 쎄러퓨틱스, 인코퍼레이티드 Oligonucleotide analogues having modified intersubunit linkages and/or terminal groups
EP2576579B1 (en) 2010-06-02 2018-08-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis
US8957200B2 (en) 2010-06-07 2015-02-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US8846637B2 (en) 2010-06-08 2014-09-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2′-amino and 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US9638632B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2017-05-02 Vanderbilt University Multiplexed interferometric detection system and method
US9168297B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2015-10-27 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Regulation of skin pigmentation by neuregulin-1 (NRG-1)
EP3202415B1 (en) 2010-06-30 2021-12-08 Compugen Ltd. Fusion protein comprising a c1orf32 polypeptide and one or more domains of an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region for treatment of multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune disorders.
US9211554B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2015-12-15 Actamax Surgical Materials, Llc Self-contained hand-held direct drive device for dispensing a two-part adhesive aerosol
US8678238B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2014-03-25 Actamax Surgical Materials, Llc Self-contained hand-held yoke-connected device for dispensing a two-part adhesive aerosol
AU2011289831C1 (en) 2010-07-12 2017-06-15 Pangu Biopharma Limited Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of glycyl-tRNA synthetases
WO2012009402A2 (en) 2010-07-14 2012-01-19 Opko Curna Llc Treatment of discs large homolog (dlg) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to dlg
WO2012021554A1 (en) 2010-08-09 2012-02-16 Yale University Cyclic di-gmp-ii riboswitches, motifs, and compounds, and methods for their use
US8198429B2 (en) 2010-08-09 2012-06-12 Avi Biopharma, Inc. Antisense antiviral compounds and methods for treating a filovirus infection
CN103108650A (en) 2010-08-25 2013-05-15 Atyr医药公司 Innovative discovery of therapeutic, diagnostic, and antibody compositions related to protein fragments of tyrosyl-trna synthetases
US10017763B2 (en) 2010-09-03 2018-07-10 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. dsRNA molecules comprising oligonucleotide analogs having modified intersubunit linkages and/or terminal groups
WO2012038956A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Method of treating neurodegenerative diseases
AU2011312205B2 (en) 2010-10-05 2015-08-13 Curis, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
CA2813901C (en) 2010-10-06 2019-11-12 Curna, Inc. Treatment of sialidase 4 (neu4) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to neu4
US20140031250A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2014-01-30 David Tsai Ting Biomarkers of Cancer
EP3075396A1 (en) 2010-10-17 2016-10-05 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd. Methods and compositions for the treatment of insulin-associated medical conditions
US8648053B2 (en) 2010-10-20 2014-02-11 Rosalind Franklin University Of Medicine And Science Antisense oligonucleotides that target a cryptic splice site in Ush1c as a therapeutic for Usher syndrome
EP2630241B1 (en) 2010-10-22 2018-10-17 CuRNA, Inc. Treatment of alpha-l-iduronidase (idua) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to idua
ES2677070T3 (en) 2010-10-27 2018-07-27 Curna, Inc. Treatment of diseases related to the developmental regulator 1 associated with interferon (ifrd1) by inhibition of the natural antisense transcript to the ifrd1 gene
CN110123830A (en) 2010-11-09 2019-08-16 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Composition and method for inhibiting the lipid of the expression of Eg5 and VEGF gene to prepare
AU2011326364B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2016-08-11 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
EP2638163B1 (en) 2010-11-12 2017-05-17 The General Hospital Corporation Polycomb-associated non-coding rnas
EP2640853B1 (en) 2010-11-17 2018-12-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of alpha synuclein expression
ES2657590T3 (en) 2010-11-23 2018-03-06 Curna, Inc. Treatment of nanog related diseases by inhibiting the natural antisense transcript to nanog
US9150926B2 (en) 2010-12-06 2015-10-06 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Diagnosis and treatment of adrenocortical tumors using human microRNA-483
EP2648763A4 (en) 2010-12-10 2014-05-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes
WO2012078967A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (epo) production
US9045749B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2015-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Methods targeting miR-128 for regulating cholesterol/lipid metabolism
TWI593416B (en) 2011-02-02 2017-08-01 艾克厘德製藥公司 Method of treating keloids or hypertrophic scars using antisense compounds targeting connective tissue growth factor (ctgf)
US20130338178A1 (en) 2011-02-02 2013-12-19 The Trustees Of Princeton University Sirtuin modulators as inhibitors of cytomegalovirus
KR20140052963A (en) 2011-02-08 2014-05-07 더 샬롯테-맥클렌버그 하스피털 오쏘러티 디/비/에이 카롤리나스 헬스케어 시스템 Antisense oligonucleotides
US9562853B2 (en) 2011-02-22 2017-02-07 Vanderbilt University Nonaqueous backscattering interferometric methods
JP6108628B2 (en) 2011-03-29 2017-04-05 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and method for inhibiting expression of TMPRSS6 gene
EP2694660B1 (en) 2011-04-03 2018-08-08 The General Hospital Corporation Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
US9409987B2 (en) 2011-04-15 2016-08-09 Compugen Ltd Polypeptides and polynucleotides, and uses thereof for treatment of immune related disorders and cancer
US20140186844A1 (en) 2011-04-26 2014-07-03 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Polynucleotide primers and probes
WO2012151268A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system for high throughput optical and label free detection of analytes
WO2012151289A2 (en) 2011-05-02 2012-11-08 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and system to detect aggregate formation on a substrate
US9353371B2 (en) 2011-05-02 2016-05-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with usher syndrome
CA2834128A1 (en) 2011-05-05 2012-11-08 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates
WO2012170347A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
RU2620980C2 (en) 2011-06-09 2017-05-30 Курна, Инк. Treatment of diseases associated with frataxin (fxn), by inhibiting natural antisense fxn transcript
AU2012267546B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2015-12-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating kallikrein (KLKB1) expression
CN103890000B (en) 2011-06-21 2017-09-01 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 (ANGPTL3) the iRNA compositions of angiopoietin-like 3 and its application method
RU2631805C2 (en) 2011-06-21 2017-09-26 Элнилэм Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for apolipoprotein c-iii (apoc3) gene expression inhibition
EP3388068A1 (en) 2011-06-21 2018-10-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and methods for inhibition of expression of protein c (proc) genes
EP3366312A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2018-08-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina 1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
US9322021B2 (en) 2011-06-29 2016-04-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating kallikrein (KLKB1) expression
AU2012277376B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2016-11-24 Compugen Ltd. Polypeptides and uses thereof for treatment of autoimmune disorders and infection
WO2013012752A2 (en) 2011-07-15 2013-01-24 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for manipulating translation of protein isoforms from alternative initiation start sites
US20140328811A1 (en) 2011-08-01 2014-11-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for improving the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplants
WO2013018060A2 (en) 2011-08-04 2013-02-07 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Micro-rnas and compositions comprising same for the treatment and diagnosis of serotonin-, adrenalin-, noradrenalin-, glutamate-, and corticotropin-releasing hormone- associated medical conditions
US9840715B1 (en) 2011-09-13 2017-12-12 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for delaying senescence and improving disease tolerance and yield in plants
WO2013040116A1 (en) 2011-09-13 2013-03-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
WO2013040049A1 (en) 2011-09-13 2013-03-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
EP2756086B1 (en) 2011-09-13 2018-02-21 Monsanto Technology LLC Methods and compositions for weed control
US10806146B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-10-20 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
US10829828B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-11-10 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
US10760086B2 (en) 2011-09-13 2020-09-01 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
CN103957696B (en) 2011-09-13 2019-01-18 孟山都技术公司 Method and composition for Weeds distribution
US9920326B1 (en) 2011-09-14 2018-03-20 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for increasing invertase activity in plants
CA2847698C (en) 2011-09-14 2020-09-01 Northwestern University Nanoconjugates able to cross the blood-brain barrier
JP6129844B2 (en) 2011-09-14 2017-05-17 ラナ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds
WO2013040548A2 (en) 2011-09-17 2013-03-21 Yale University Fluoride-responsive riboswitchs, fluoride transporters, and methods of use
WO2013044116A1 (en) 2011-09-21 2013-03-28 Yale University Antimicrobial compositions and methods of use thereof
US20130085139A1 (en) 2011-10-04 2013-04-04 Royal Holloway And Bedford New College Oligomers
BR112014008925A2 (en) 2011-10-11 2020-10-27 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. micro rnas in neurodegenerative disorders
WO2013061328A2 (en) 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Method of treating cancer
EP2780299A4 (en) 2011-11-18 2015-04-22 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Functionally-modified oligonucleotides and subunits thereof
WO2013082548A1 (en) 2011-11-30 2013-06-06 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotides for treating expanded repeat diseases
ES2727481T3 (en) 2011-11-30 2019-10-16 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Indon-induced inclusion of spinal muscular atrophy
US10465042B2 (en) 2011-12-02 2019-11-05 Yale University Poly(amine-co-ester) nanoparticles and methods of use thereof
US9895451B2 (en) 2011-12-02 2018-02-20 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents to low pH tissue environments or cellular compartments and methods of use thereof
WO2013082529A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
PT2788487T (en) 2011-12-08 2018-07-03 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Oligonucleotide analogues targeting human lmna
DK2790736T3 (en) 2011-12-12 2018-05-07 Oncoimmunin Inc In vivo delivery of oligonucleotides
WO2013096837A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating metastasis-associated-in-lung-adenocarcinoma-transcript-1(malat-1) expression
WO2013106770A1 (en) 2012-01-11 2013-07-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulation of ikbkap splicing
IN2014KN00848A (en) 2012-02-01 2015-10-02 Compugen Ltd
EP3330278A1 (en) 2012-02-08 2018-06-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of rna by repeat targeting
CA2863795A1 (en) 2012-02-13 2013-08-22 Gamida-Cell Ltd. Culturing of mesenchymal stem cells
US9803175B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2017-10-31 Exostem Biotec Ltd. Generation of neural stem cells and motor neurons
EP3401393B1 (en) 2012-02-22 2020-02-19 Exostem Biotec Ltd Micrornas for the generation of astrocytes
SG11201405669XA (en) 2012-03-13 2014-10-30 Swift Biosciences Inc Methods and compositions for size-controlled homopolymer tailing of substrate polynucleotides by a nucleic acid polymerase
EP2639238A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-18 Universität Bern Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
US20150031750A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-01-29 The Scripps Research Institute Treatment of brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) related diseases by inhibition of natural antisense transcript to bdnf
US9340784B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-05-17 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating alpha-1-antitrypsin expression
JP6542662B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2019-07-10 サレプタ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Boronic acid conjugates of oligonucleotide analogs
EP2831231A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2015-02-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating tau expression for reducing seizure and modifying a neurodegenerative syndrome
JP6375289B2 (en) 2012-04-05 2018-08-15 マサチューセッツ インスティテュート オブ テクノロジー Immune stimulating composition and method of use thereof
WO2013154799A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2850092B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2017-03-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs
US9133461B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the ALAS1 gene
CN104704122A (en) 2012-04-20 2015-06-10 艾珀特玛治疗公司 miRNA modulators of thermogenesis
US9127274B2 (en) 2012-04-26 2015-09-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpinc1 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US9273949B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2016-03-01 Vanderbilt University Backscattering interferometric methods
US10059941B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2018-08-28 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating SMN gene family expression
CA2873809A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rana Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression
US9574193B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2017-02-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating apolipoprotein (a) expression
WO2013173789A2 (en) 2012-05-17 2013-11-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide compositions
WO2013177248A2 (en) 2012-05-22 2013-11-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of enhancer rna mediated gene expression
CA2873828A1 (en) 2012-05-24 2013-11-28 A.B. Seeds Ltd. Naked dsrna for silencing target molecules in plant seeds
WO2013181666A2 (en) 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin
US9828602B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2017-11-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds targeting genes associated with fibronectin
WO2013184209A1 (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Mif for use in methods of treating subjects with a neurodegenerative disorder
PT3461895T (en) 2012-06-25 2020-09-08 Baylor College Medicine Modulation of ube3a-ats expression
US20140038182A1 (en) 2012-07-17 2014-02-06 Dna Logix, Inc. Cooperative primers, probes, and applications thereof
US9567569B2 (en) 2012-07-23 2017-02-14 Gamida Cell Ltd. Methods of culturing and expanding mesenchymal stem cells
US9175266B2 (en) 2012-07-23 2015-11-03 Gamida Cell Ltd. Enhancement of natural killer (NK) cell proliferation and activity
WO2014018930A1 (en) 2012-07-27 2014-01-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals. Inc. Modulation of renin-angiotensin system (ras) related diseases by angiotensinogen
US20150216892A1 (en) 2012-08-03 2015-08-06 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Cell-specific delivery of mirna modulators for the treatment of obesity and related disorders
US8603470B1 (en) 2012-08-07 2013-12-10 National Cheng Kung University Use of IL-20 antagonists for treating liver diseases
EP2885312A4 (en) 2012-08-15 2016-01-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Method of preparing oligomeric compounds using modified capping protocols
CN104781271B (en) 2012-08-20 2018-07-06 加利福尼亚大学董事会 The polynucleotides of group with bio-reversible
KR102240217B1 (en) 2012-09-25 2021-04-14 젠자임 코포레이션 Peptide-linked morpholino antisense oligonucleotides for treatment of myotonic dystrophy
US9175291B2 (en) 2012-10-11 2015-11-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Modulation of androgen receptor expression
EP4052709A1 (en) 2012-10-11 2022-09-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating kennedy's disease
WO2014059356A2 (en) 2012-10-12 2014-04-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Selective antisense compounds and uses thereof
EP4144845B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2024-04-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds and uses thereof
US9029335B2 (en) 2012-10-16 2015-05-12 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2′-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
CN104870647A (en) 2012-10-18 2015-08-26 孟山都技术公司 Methods and compositions for plant pest control
EP2914621B1 (en) 2012-11-05 2023-06-07 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Novel ntrk1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
AU2013364158A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2015-07-09 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Improved exon skipping compositions for treating muscular dystrophy
EA032406B1 (en) 2013-01-01 2019-05-31 Эй.Би. СИДЗ ЛТД. METHODS OF INTRODUCING dsRNA TO PLANT SEEDS FOR MODULATING GENE EXPRESSION
US10683505B2 (en) 2013-01-01 2020-06-16 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods of introducing dsRNA to plant seeds for modulating gene expression
EP2946013A1 (en) 2013-01-16 2015-11-25 Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. A deep intronic target for splicing correction on spinal muscular atrophy gene
CA2898326C (en) 2013-01-18 2022-05-17 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma
US10000767B2 (en) 2013-01-28 2018-06-19 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for plant pest control
DK2951191T3 (en) 2013-01-31 2019-01-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc PROCEDURE FOR MANUFACTURING OLIGOMERIC COMPOUNDS USING MODIFIED CLUTCH PROTOCOLS
US9593333B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2017-03-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III (ApoCIII) expression in lipoprotein lipase deficient (LPLD) populations
US20150366890A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2015-12-24 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections
US10251906B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2019-04-09 University Of Utah Research Foundation Compositions and methods for inducing apoptosis
CA2905104A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 Monsanto Technology Llc Control of lolium species by topical application of herbicidal composition comprising dsrna
WO2014164761A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-10-09 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
US20140283211A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and Compositions for Plant Pest Control
BR122020016865B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-12-27 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDE, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING THE SAME AND USE OF SAID COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT OF DUCHENNE MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY (DMD)
HUE034987T2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-05-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP2971142B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-06-24 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating tau expression
PL2970964T3 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-06-28 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Exon skipping compositions for treating muscular dystrophy
US10568328B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-02-25 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control
CA2906812A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Improved compositions for treating muscular dystrophy
EP2981617B1 (en) 2013-04-04 2023-07-05 President and Fellows of Harvard College Therapeutic uses of genome editing with crispr/cas systems
EA031393B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2018-12-28 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for modulating hbv and ttr expression
BR112015029276B1 (en) 2013-05-22 2022-07-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc DUAL STRIP IRNA AGENT CAPABLE OF INHIBITING THE EXPRESSION OF TMPRSS6, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND USE THEREOF
PT2999785T (en) 2013-05-22 2018-07-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Serpina1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3004396B1 (en) 2013-06-06 2019-10-16 The General Hospital Corporation Compositions for the treatment of cancer
US20160129089A1 (en) 2013-06-13 2016-05-12 Antisense Therapeutics Ltd Combination therapy
EP3656386A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2020-05-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression for improving a diabetic profile
WO2015002971A2 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of growth hormone receptor
US10077236B2 (en) 2013-07-15 2018-09-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Azacyclic constrained analogs of FTY720
US9850496B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2017-12-26 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling Leptinotarsa
TWI657819B (en) 2013-07-19 2019-05-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compositions for modulating tau expression
CA2918387C (en) 2013-07-19 2021-11-02 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa
JP6697384B2 (en) 2013-07-25 2020-05-20 イグジキュア, インコーポレーテッドExicure, Inc. Spherical nucleic acid-based constructs as immunostimulants for prophylactic and therapeutic use
AU2014306271A1 (en) 2013-08-08 2016-03-24 The Scripps Research Institute A method for the site-specific enzymatic labelling of nucleic acids in vitro by incorporation of unnatural nucleotides
TW201536329A (en) 2013-08-09 2015-10-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulation of dystrophia myotonica-protein kinase (DMPK) expression
NZ716816A (en) 2013-08-28 2022-05-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulation of prekallikrein (pkk) expression
WO2015035231A1 (en) 2013-09-05 2015-03-12 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense-induced exon2 inclusion in acid alpha-glucosidase
EP3480312A1 (en) 2013-09-11 2019-05-08 Synthena AG Nucleic acids and methods for the treatment of pompe disease
KR102435648B1 (en) 2013-09-11 2022-08-25 이글 바이오로직스 인코퍼레이티드 Liquid protein formulations containing viscosity-lowering agents
EP3043827B1 (en) 2013-09-13 2019-07-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of complement factor b
US9708360B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2017-07-18 Geron Corporation Phosphorodiamidate backbone linkage for oligonucleotides
EP3052626A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2016-08-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
UA124961C2 (en) 2013-10-04 2021-12-22 Елнілем Фармасьютикалз, Інк. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
WO2015054451A1 (en) 2013-10-09 2015-04-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Department Of Health And Human Services Detection of hepatitis delta virus (hdv) for the diagnosis and treatment of sjögren's syndrome and lymphoma
US11162096B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2021-11-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
WO2015061091A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
WO2015061246A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds
US10301622B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2019-05-28 Northwestern University Quantification and spatio-temporal tracking of a target using a spherical nucleic acid (SNA)
MX2016005778A (en) 2013-11-04 2016-12-20 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations.
CA2931829A1 (en) 2013-12-02 2015-06-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense compounds and uses thereof
CA2932122C (en) 2013-12-03 2022-04-19 Northwestern University Liposomal particles, methods of making same and uses thereof
WO2015085183A2 (en) 2013-12-06 2015-06-11 Swift Biosciences, Inc. Cleavable competitor polynucleotides
CA2844640A1 (en) 2013-12-06 2015-06-06 The University Of British Columbia Method for treatment of castration-resistant prostate cancer
UA119253C2 (en) 2013-12-10 2019-05-27 Біолоджикс, Інк. Compositions and methods for virus control in varroa mite and bees
IL282401B (en) 2013-12-12 2022-08-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10900083B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2021-01-26 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells
KR102198082B1 (en) 2013-12-24 2021-01-05 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Modulation of angiopoietin-like 3 expression
AU2015206585A1 (en) 2014-01-15 2016-07-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for weed control using EPSPS polynucleotides
CA2937539A1 (en) 2014-02-04 2015-08-13 Genentech, Inc. Mutant smoothened and methods of using the same
JP2017506228A (en) 2014-02-05 2017-03-02 イェダ リサーチ アンド ディベロップメント カンパニー リミテッドYeda Research And Development Co.Ltd. MicroRNA for the treatment and diagnosis of serotonin releasing hormone, adrenergic releasing hormone, noradrenaline releasing hormone, glutamate releasing hormone and corticotropin releasing hormone related medical conditions and compositions comprising said microRNA
EP3960860A3 (en) 2014-02-11 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015142910A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2015-09-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic carbocyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
AU2015231130C1 (en) 2014-03-19 2021-12-23 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating Ataxin 2 expression
US10006027B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2018-06-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating Ataxin 2 expression
WO2015151490A1 (en) * 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 大日本住友製薬株式会社 New tricyclic quinone derivative
CN110506752B (en) 2014-04-01 2022-02-18 孟山都技术公司 Compositions and methods for controlling insect pests
AU2015240761B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2019-09-12 Biogen Ma Inc. Compositions for modulating SOD-1 expression
TWI638047B (en) 2014-04-09 2018-10-11 史基普研究協會 Import of unnatural or modified nucleoside triphosphates into cells via nucleic acid triphosphate transporters
US10221416B2 (en) 2014-04-24 2019-03-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising alpha-beta-constrained nucleic acid
EP3811977A1 (en) 2014-05-01 2021-04-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for synthesis of reactive conjugate clusters
ES2812099T3 (en) 2014-05-01 2021-03-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for modulating growth hormone receptor expression
RU2703411C2 (en) 2014-05-01 2019-10-16 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compositions and methods for modulating pkk expression
CA2946003A1 (en) 2014-05-01 2015-11-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating angiopoietin-like 3 expression
BR112016022593B1 (en) 2014-05-01 2022-04-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Oligomeric compounds, compositions comprising them, and uses thereof
TW201607559A (en) 2014-05-12 2016-03-01 阿尼拉製藥公司 Methods and compositions for treating a SERPINC1-associated disorder
EP3620178A3 (en) 2014-05-16 2020-07-22 Oregon State University Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
EP3569252B1 (en) 2014-05-19 2021-12-15 Oregon State University Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
WO2015179693A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2015-11-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use
AU2015264038B2 (en) 2014-05-22 2021-02-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (AGT) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
TWI713450B (en) 2014-05-23 2020-12-21 美商健臻公司 Inhibiting or downregulating glycogen synthase by creating premature stop codons using antisense oligonucleotides
WO2015187541A1 (en) 2014-06-02 2015-12-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for immunomodulation
HRP20220379T1 (en) 2014-06-10 2022-05-27 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Antisense oligonucleotides useful in treatment of pompe disease
CN106795515B (en) 2014-06-23 2021-06-08 孟山都技术公司 Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression via RNA interference
EP3161159B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2020-08-05 The General Hospital Corporation Targeting human satellite ii (hsatii)
US11807857B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-11-07 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for delivering nucleic acids to plant cells and regulating gene expression
US10611819B2 (en) 2014-07-15 2020-04-07 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Isolated polypeptides of CD44 and uses thereof
US9951327B1 (en) 2014-07-17 2018-04-24 Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. Efficient and rapid method for assembling and cloning double-stranded DNA fragments
AU2015296700B2 (en) 2014-07-29 2021-10-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling insect pests
BR112017001860A2 (en) 2014-07-31 2018-02-27 Uab Research Foundation synthetic peptide, pharmaceutical composition, methods, dosage regimen, and monoclonal antibody
CN106794256B (en) 2014-08-19 2021-04-30 西北大学 Protein/oligonucleotide core-shell nanoparticle therapeutics
WO2016030899A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating amyotrophic lateral scleroses
WO2016033424A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the prevention and treatment of major adverse cardiovascular events using compounds that modulate apolipoprotein b
US10385343B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2019-08-20 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
CN113599539A (en) 2014-08-29 2021-11-05 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Methods of Treating Transthyretin (TTR) -mediated amyloidosis
WO2016040589A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof
EP3198012B1 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-09-04 University of Massachusetts Rna-modulating agents
US11471479B2 (en) 2014-10-01 2022-10-18 Eagle Biologics, Inc. Polysaccharide and nucleic acid formulations containing viscosity-lowering agents
JOP20200115A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions And Methods For Inhibition Of HAO1 (Hydroxyacid Oxidase 1 (Glycolate Oxidase)) Gene Expression
WO2016061487A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
EP3904519A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2021-11-03 Genzyme Corporation Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
JOP20200092A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2017-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
AU2015350120B2 (en) 2014-11-17 2021-05-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein C3 (APOC3) iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
US10682422B2 (en) 2014-11-18 2020-06-16 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents under low pH conditions and methods of use thereof
WO2016081621A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents under low ph conditions and methods of use thereof
WO2016081911A2 (en) 2014-11-21 2016-05-26 Northwestern University The sequence-specific cellular uptake of spherical nucleic acid nanoparticle conjugates
US10400243B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2019-09-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of UBE3A-ATS expression
WO2016094845A2 (en) 2014-12-12 2016-06-16 Woolf Tod M Compositions and methods for editing nucleic acids in cells utilizing oligonucleotides
US9688707B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2017-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic morpholino compounds and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
JP6994941B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2022-02-04 オレゴン ステート ユニバーシティ Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
US10793855B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2020-10-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of C9ORF72 antisense transcript
US10538763B2 (en) 2015-01-16 2020-01-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of DUX4
US9434947B2 (en) 2015-01-20 2016-09-06 Oregon Health & Science University Modulation of KCNH2 isoform expression by oligonucleotides as a therapeutic approach for long QT syndrome
UA124255C2 (en) 2015-01-22 2021-08-18 Монсанто Текнолоджі Елелсі Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa
EP3247988A4 (en) 2015-01-23 2018-12-19 Vanderbilt University A robust interferometer and methods of using same
EP3256487A4 (en) 2015-02-09 2018-07-18 Duke University Compositions and methods for epigenome editing
CA2976445A1 (en) 2015-02-13 2016-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20180200387A1 (en) 2015-02-23 2018-07-19 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of human genetic diseases including hemoglobinopathies
US10450342B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2019-10-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for solution phase detritylation of oligomeric compounds
MX2017011010A (en) 2015-02-26 2017-10-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Allele specific modulators of p23h rhodopsin.
US11129844B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2021-09-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating MECP2 expression
EP3268475B1 (en) 2015-03-11 2020-10-21 Yissum Research and Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem Ltd. Decoy oligonucleotides for the treatment of diseases
US10036066B2 (en) 2015-03-17 2018-07-31 Dako Denmark A/S In situ hybridization detection method
MA41795A (en) 2015-03-18 2018-01-23 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc EXCLUSION OF AN EXON INDUCED BY ANTISENSE COMPOUNDS IN MYOSTATIN
US20180064748A1 (en) 2015-03-27 2018-03-08 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating motor neuron diseases
US20160348073A1 (en) 2015-03-27 2016-12-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Modified t cells and methods of making and using the same
US10961532B2 (en) 2015-04-07 2021-03-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods for reactivating genes on the inactive X chromosome
WO2016164746A1 (en) 2015-04-08 2016-10-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
US20180126014A1 (en) 2015-04-15 2018-05-10 Yale University Compositions for enhancing delivery of agents across the blood brain barrier and methods of use thereof
WO2016167780A1 (en) 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating expression of c9orf72 antisense transcript
PL3283080T3 (en) 2015-04-16 2020-07-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for modulating c9orf72 expression
CN107683089B (en) 2015-05-04 2021-03-16 孟山都技术公司 Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestation
US20180161300A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2018-06-14 Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. Citrin inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
EP4306538A3 (en) 2015-05-19 2024-05-01 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates
US10849917B2 (en) 2015-06-01 2020-12-01 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense-induced exon exclusion in type VII collagen
AU2016270870A1 (en) 2015-06-02 2018-01-04 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for delivery of a polynucleotide into a plant
WO2016196782A1 (en) 2015-06-03 2016-12-08 Monsanto Technology Llc Methods and compositions for introducing nucleic acids into plants
EP3302489A4 (en) 2015-06-04 2019-02-06 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compounds for treatment of lymphocyte-related diseases and conditions
WO2016201301A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016205323A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof
WO2016209862A1 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016210241A1 (en) 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Cancer therapy targeting tetraspanin 33 (tspan33) in myeloid derived suppressor cells
US10590425B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2020-03-17 Caris Science, Inc. Therapeutic oligonucleotides
EP3313989A4 (en) 2015-06-29 2018-12-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified crispr rna and modified single crispr rna and uses thereof
ES2917181T3 (en) 2015-07-10 2022-07-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Diacylglycerol acyltransferase 2 (DGAT2) modulators
US10494632B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2019-12-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (IGFALS) compositions and methods of use thereof
AU2016298317B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2021-02-18 Caris Science, Inc. Targeted oligonucleotides
US20180221393A1 (en) 2015-08-03 2018-08-09 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases
EP3332009A1 (en) 2015-08-04 2018-06-13 Yeda Research and Development Co., Ltd. Methods of screening for riboswitches and attenuators
AU2016312530A1 (en) 2015-08-24 2018-03-01 Halo-Bio Rnai Therapeutics, Inc. Polynucleotide nanoparticles for the modulation of gene expression and uses thereof
CN114525280A (en) 2015-09-02 2022-05-24 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 iRNA compositions of programmed cell death 1 ligand 1(PD-L1) and methods of use thereof
MX2018003685A (en) 2015-09-24 2018-08-15 Univ California Synthetic sphingolipid-like molecules, drugs, methods of their synthesis and methods of treatment.
EP3353297A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2018-08-01 Crispr Therapeutics AG Novel family of rna-programmable endonucleases and their uses in genome editing and other applications
RU2018113709A (en) 2015-09-24 2019-10-30 Айонис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. KRAS EXPRESSION MODULATORS
US10533175B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2020-01-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating Ataxin 3 expression
EP3653216A1 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-05-20 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating muscular dystrophy
KR20240033305A (en) 2015-10-08 2024-03-12 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
EP3858993A1 (en) 2015-10-09 2021-08-04 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating duchenne muscular dystrophy and related disorders
JP2019507579A (en) 2015-10-28 2019-03-22 クリスパー セラピューティクス アーゲー Materials and methods for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy
ES2938883T3 (en) 2015-11-05 2023-04-17 Los Angeles Childrens Hospital Oligo antisense for use in the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia
US20190046555A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2019-02-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds for use in therapy
WO2017077386A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of glycogen storage disease type 1a
WO2017079739A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. MODULATING APOLIPOPROTEIN (a) EXPRESSION
EP3373939A4 (en) 2015-11-10 2019-06-26 B.G. Negev Technologies and Applications Ltd., at Ben-Gurion University Means and methods for reducing tumorigenicity of cancer stem cells
CA3005878A1 (en) 2015-11-19 2017-05-26 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Lymphocyte antigen cd5-like (cd5l)-interleukin 12b (p40) heterodimers in immunity
US20170145394A1 (en) 2015-11-23 2017-05-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Tracking and manipulating cellular rna via nuclear delivery of crispr/cas9
WO2017093804A2 (en) 2015-12-01 2017-06-08 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
US11058709B1 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-07-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating breast cancer
AU2015416656B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2023-02-23 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Enzymatic replacement therapy and antisense therapy for Pompe disease
CA3006748A1 (en) 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Peptide oligonucleotide conjugates
US11761007B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2023-09-19 The Scripps Research Institute Production of unnatural nucleotides using a CRISPR/Cas9 system
US10907158B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2021-02-02 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
WO2017112888A1 (en) 2015-12-23 2017-06-29 David Greenberg Antisense antibacterial compounds and methods
US20210260219A1 (en) 2015-12-23 2021-08-26 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and/or frontal temporal lobular degeneration
AU2017205462A1 (en) 2016-01-05 2018-06-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for reducing LRRK2 expression
US10627396B2 (en) 2016-01-29 2020-04-21 Vanderbilt University Free-solution response function interferometry
EP3411078A1 (en) 2016-02-02 2018-12-12 Crispr Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
CN109071625A (en) 2016-02-04 2018-12-21 柯瑞斯公司 Smooth mutant and its application method
WO2017141109A1 (en) 2016-02-18 2017-08-24 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of severe combined immunodeficiency (scid) or omenn syndrome
EP3419665A4 (en) 2016-02-25 2019-10-16 The Brigham and Women's Hospital, Inc. Treatment methods for fibrosis targeting smoc2
AU2017224226A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2018-09-20 Yale University Compositions and methods of using piRNAs in cancer diagnostics and therapeutics
WO2017151623A1 (en) 2016-03-01 2017-09-08 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biodegradable activated polymers for therapeutic delivery
WO2017152270A1 (en) 2016-03-08 2017-09-14 KeMyth Biotech Co., Ltd. Use of pneumolysin peptides as antagonists against toll-like receptor 4 and methods of treating toll-like receptor 4 related diseases
US11136577B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-10-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting PMP22 expression
CA3013799A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modulating keap1
US11083799B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2021-08-10 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hereditary haemochromatosis
US10577607B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2020-03-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of DYRK1B expression
JP2019516393A (en) 2016-03-18 2019-06-20 カリス サイエンス インコーポレイテッド Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
WO2017173453A1 (en) 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Stimuli-responsive nanoparticles for biomedical applications
ES2933435T3 (en) 2016-04-13 2023-02-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods to reduce the expression of C9ORF72
SG11201808964PA (en) 2016-04-18 2018-11-29 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Antisense oligomers and methods of using the same for treating diseases associated with the acid alpha-glucosidase gene
BR112018071321A2 (en) 2016-04-18 2019-02-26 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
MA45295A (en) 2016-04-19 2019-02-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HIGH DENSITY LIPOPROTEIN BINDING PROTEIN (HDLBP / VIGILINE) RNA COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR USING THEM
NZ747685A (en) 2016-04-29 2023-05-26 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Oligonucleotide analogues targeting human lmna
WO2017191503A1 (en) 2016-05-05 2017-11-09 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO2017197128A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 Yale University Poly(amine-co-ester) nanoparticles and methods of use thereof
EP3463363A4 (en) 2016-05-24 2020-02-19 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Processes for preparing phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers
MX2021008539A (en) 2016-05-24 2022-10-18 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Processes for preparing oligomers.
MA45362A (en) 2016-05-24 2019-04-10 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc PROCESSES FOR THE PREPARATION OF MORPHOLINO OLIGOMERS OF PHOSPHORODIAMIDATE
US11472824B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2022-10-18 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Processes for preparing phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers
CN109311920B (en) 2016-05-24 2021-11-09 萨勒普塔医疗公司 Process for preparing phosphoric acid diamide morpholino oligomer
TW201805002A (en) 2016-05-24 2018-02-16 美商薩羅塔治療公司 Phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer pharmaceutical compositions
AU2017271579B2 (en) 2016-05-25 2023-10-19 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
JP2019518028A (en) 2016-06-10 2019-06-27 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component C5i RNA composition and its use for treating paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH)
JP7069135B2 (en) 2016-06-15 2022-05-17 ユニヴァーシティー オブ ユタ リサーチ ファウンデーション Compositions and Methods for Using Albumin-Based Nanopharmaceuticals
US11236339B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2022-02-01 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of GYS1 expression
EP3475295B1 (en) 2016-06-24 2022-08-10 The Scripps Research Institute Novel nucleoside triphosphate transporter and uses thereof
WO2018002812A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of myotonic dystrophy type 1 (dm1) and other related disorders
EP3478828A1 (en) 2016-06-29 2019-05-08 Crispr Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of friedreich ataxia and other related disorders
US11174469B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2021-11-16 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) and other related disorders
AU2017290231A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2019-02-07 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy
CA3024153A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2017-11-30 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Processes for preparing phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomers
US11459587B2 (en) 2016-07-06 2022-10-04 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of pain related disorders
EP3481856A1 (en) 2016-07-06 2019-05-15 Crispr Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of pain related disorders
WO2018007871A1 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of transthyretin amyloidosis
AU2017296195A1 (en) 2016-07-11 2019-01-24 Translate Bio Ma, Inc. Nucleic acid conjugates and uses thereof
PL3484524T3 (en) 2016-07-15 2023-03-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulation of smn2
KR20230088522A (en) 2016-07-21 2023-06-19 맥스시티 인코포레이티드 Methods and compositions for modifying genomic dna
WO2018020323A2 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of fatty acid disorders
NL2017294B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Natural cryptic exon removal by pairs of antisense oligonucleotides.
NL2017295B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-02-14 Univ Erasmus Med Ct Rotterdam Antisense oligomeric compound for Pompe disease
WO2018039629A2 (en) 2016-08-25 2018-03-01 Northwestern University Micellar spherical nucleic acids from thermoresponsive, traceless templates
MX2019002339A (en) 2016-09-02 2019-05-16 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc 4'-phosphate analogs and oligonucleotides comprising the same.
JP2019534862A (en) 2016-09-20 2019-12-05 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニヴァーシティ オブ コロラド,ア ボディ コーポレイト Synthesis of backbone-modified morpholino oligonucleotides and chimeras using phosphoramidite chemistry
JOP20190065A1 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-03-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing tau expression
KR20190065341A (en) 2016-10-06 2019-06-11 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Method of joining oligomeric compounds
CA3037046A1 (en) 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 University Of Massachusetts Targeting microrna-101-3p in cancer therapy
JOP20190104A1 (en) 2016-11-10 2019-05-07 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression
TW202313978A (en) 2016-11-23 2023-04-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Serpina1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
JP7106563B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-07-26 スミトモ ファーマ オンコロジー, インコーポレイテッド Naphthofuran derivatives, their preparation and methods of use
EP3330276A1 (en) 2016-11-30 2018-06-06 Universität Bern Novel bicyclic nucleosides and oligomers prepared therefrom
EP3548620A4 (en) 2016-12-02 2020-07-22 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Modulation of lnc05 expression
WO2018111834A1 (en) 2016-12-13 2018-06-21 Seattle Children's Hospital (dba Seattle Children's Research Institute) Methods of exogenous drug activation of chemical-induced signaling complexes expressed in engineered cells in vitro and in vivo
KR20230166146A (en) 2016-12-16 2023-12-06 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin(ttr) irna compositions
WO2018112470A1 (en) 2016-12-16 2018-06-21 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Co-delivery of nucleic acids for simultaneous suppression and expression of target genes
MD3554553T2 (en) 2016-12-19 2022-10-31 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy
MX2019006989A (en) 2016-12-19 2019-08-16 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy.
BR112019012664A2 (en) 2016-12-19 2020-01-21 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc exon jump oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy
BR112019014841A2 (en) 2017-01-23 2020-04-28 Regeneron Pharma guide rna, use of guide rna, antisense rna, sirna or shrna, use of antisense rna, sirna or shrna, isolated nucleic acid, vector, composition, cell, and, methods to modify an hsd17b13 gene in a cell, to decrease the expression of an hsd17b13 gene in a cell, to modify a cell and to treat an individual who does not carry the hsd17b13 variant
WO2018154459A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of primary hyperoxaluria type 1 (ph1) and other alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase (agxt) gene related conditions or disorders
EP3585900B1 (en) 2017-02-22 2022-12-21 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (sca2) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 protein (atxn2) gene related conditions or disorders
AU2018224387A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2019-09-05 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing
WO2018154439A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 (sca1) and other spinocerebellar ataxia type 1 protein (atxn1) gene related conditions or disorders
EP3585807A1 (en) 2017-02-22 2020-01-01 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Materials and methods for treatment of early onset parkinson's disease (park1) and other synuclein, alpha (snca) gene related conditions or disorders
WO2018165564A1 (en) 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Morpholino modified oligomeric compounds
JOP20190215A1 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-09-19 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Modulators of pcsk9 expression
WO2018183969A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 California Institute Of Technology Barcoded rapid assay platform for efficient analysis of candidate molecules and methods of making and using the platform
KR20200015895A (en) 2017-04-18 2020-02-13 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 How to treat a subject infected with hepatitis B virus (HBV)
JP2020517613A (en) 2017-04-20 2020-06-18 シンセナ アーゲー Modified oligomeric compounds containing tricyclo DNA nucleosides and uses thereof
WO2018193428A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Synthena Ag Modified oligomeric compounds comprising tricyclo-dna nucleosides and uses thereof
WO2018195338A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2018-10-25 Atyr Pharma, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating lung inflammation
US20200384115A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2020-12-10 The Broad Institute , Inc. Targeted delivery to beta cells
JP7398279B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2023-12-14 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア Targeted editing of cellular RNA by CRISPR/CAS9 nuclear delivery
AU2018367896B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2023-06-01 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for engineering cells and uses thereof in immuno-oncology
AU2018300069A1 (en) 2017-07-11 2020-02-27 Synthorx, Inc. Incorporation of unnatural nucleotides and methods thereof
BR112020000679A2 (en) 2017-07-13 2020-07-14 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology targeting the hdac2-sp3 complex to enhance synaptic function
EP3652186A4 (en) 2017-07-13 2021-03-31 Northwestern University General and direct method for preparing oligonucleotide-functionalized metal-organic framework nanoparticles
WO2019014530A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Lactate dehydrogenase a (ldha) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
GB201711809D0 (en) 2017-07-21 2017-09-06 Governors Of The Univ Of Alberta Antisense oligonucleotide
TWI757528B (en) 2017-08-03 2022-03-11 美商欣爍克斯公司 Cytokine conjugates for the treatment of proliferative and infectious diseases
NL2019390B1 (en) 2017-08-04 2019-02-21 Univ Leiden Screening Method
CN111164104A (en) 2017-08-09 2020-05-15 麻省理工学院 Albumin binding peptide conjugates and methods thereof
US11197884B2 (en) 2017-08-18 2021-12-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of the notch signaling pathway for treatment of respiratory disorders
WO2019051173A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of smad7 expression
US11806360B2 (en) 2017-09-19 2023-11-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (TTR) mediated amyloidosis
EA201991450A1 (en) 2017-09-22 2019-12-30 Сарепта Терапьютикс, Инк. OLIGOMER CONJUGATES FOR EXONISM SKIP IN MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY
US20210145852A1 (en) 2017-09-28 2021-05-20 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Combination Therapies for Treating Muscular Dystrophy
US20200254002A1 (en) 2017-09-28 2020-08-13 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Combination therapies for treating muscular dystrophy
JP2020536060A (en) 2017-09-28 2020-12-10 サレプタ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Combination therapy to treat muscular dystrophy
SG11202003464VA (en) 2017-10-17 2020-05-28 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing for hemophilia a
US11555189B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2023-01-17 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense oligomer compounds
EP3701029A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2020-09-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO2019089922A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TWI809004B (en) 2017-11-09 2023-07-21 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for reducing snca expression
EP3707155A2 (en) 2017-11-09 2020-09-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crispr/cas systems for treatment of dmd
US20200385719A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2020-12-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10953036B2 (en) 2017-11-20 2021-03-23 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Compositions and methods of modulating HIF-2A to improve muscle generation and repair
WO2019100039A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019102381A1 (en) 2017-11-21 2019-05-31 Casebia Therapeutics Llp Materials and methods for treatment of autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa
CN111629747A (en) 2017-12-05 2020-09-04 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 CRISPR-CAS9 modified CD34+ human pigment stem cells and progenitor cells and application thereof
EP3724206B1 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-06-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated antisense compounds and their use
MA51138A (en) 2017-12-14 2020-10-21 Bayer Healthcare Llc NEW RNA-PROGRAMMABLE ENDONUCLEASE SYSTEMS AND THEIR USES IN GENOME EDITING AND OTHER APPLICATIONS
JP2021508491A (en) 2017-12-18 2021-03-11 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High Mobility Group Box-1 (HMGB1) iRNA Composition and How to Use It
WO2019123430A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Casebia Therapeutics Llp Materials and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a and/or non-syndromic autosomal recessive retinitis pigmentosa (arrp)
WO2019126641A2 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of frataxin expression
AU2018393050A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2020-06-18 Bayer Healthcare Llc Materials and methods for treatment of Usher Syndrome Type 2A
US20210254057A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-08-19 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting transferrin
CN111902537A (en) 2018-01-15 2020-11-06 Ionis制药公司 Modulators of DNM2 expression
WO2019142135A1 (en) 2018-01-19 2019-07-25 Synthena Ag Tricyclo-dna nucleoside precursors and processes for preparing the same
US20190233816A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Structure-guided chemical modification of guide rna and its applications
EP3749767A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2020-12-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO2019150203A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of hemoglobinopathies
EP3749368A1 (en) 2018-02-08 2020-12-16 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd Methods of identifying and using agents for treating diseases associated with intestinal barrier dysfunction
US11332733B2 (en) 2018-02-12 2022-05-17 lonis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified compounds and uses thereof
EP3752616A1 (en) 2018-02-16 2020-12-23 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Compositions and methods for gene editing by targeting fibrinogen-alpha
KR20200127207A (en) 2018-02-26 2020-11-10 신톡스, 인크. IL-15 conjugate and uses thereof
BR112020016001A2 (en) 2018-03-02 2020-12-15 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. IRF4 EXPRESSION MODULATORS
WO2019169243A1 (en) 2018-03-02 2019-09-06 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for the modulation of amyloid-beta precursor protein
CN112105625A (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-18 赛诺菲 Nucleotide precursors, nucleotide analogs, and oligomeric compounds containing the same
EP3768834A1 (en) 2018-03-19 2021-01-27 CRISPR Therapeutics AG Novel rna-programmable endonuclease systems and uses thereof
WO2019183440A1 (en) 2018-03-22 2019-09-26 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for modulating fmr1 expression
CA3095545A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitat Bonn Aptamers for targeted activaton of t cell-mediated immunity
CA3096274A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Compositions and methods for somatic cell reprogramming and modulating imprinting
CN112041440A (en) 2018-04-11 2020-12-04 Ionis制药公司 Modulators of EZH2 expression
WO2019204668A1 (en) 2018-04-18 2019-10-24 Casebia Therapeutics Limited Liability Partnership Compositions and methods for knockdown of apo(a) by gene editing for treatment of cardiovascular disease
CU20200082A7 (en) 2018-05-09 2021-06-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING THE EXPRESSION OF FXI
SG11202010215TA (en) 2018-05-09 2020-11-27 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for reducing atxn3 expression
TW202016304A (en) 2018-05-14 2020-05-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10765760B2 (en) 2018-05-29 2020-09-08 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Exon skipping oligomer conjugates for muscular dystrophy
EP3806868A4 (en) 2018-06-13 2022-06-22 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy
CA3103429A1 (en) 2018-06-14 2019-12-19 Don W. Cleveland Compounds and methods for increasing stmn2 expression
WO2020006267A1 (en) 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing lrrk2 expression
CA3104028A1 (en) 2018-06-28 2020-01-02 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Compositions and methods for genomic editing by insertion of donor polynucleotides
AR115847A1 (en) 2018-07-25 2021-03-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOUNDS AND METHODS TO REDUCE THE EXPRESSION OF ATXN2
TW202020153A (en) 2018-07-27 2020-06-01 美商薩羅塔治療公司 Exon skipping oligomers for muscular dystrophy
US10857174B2 (en) 2018-07-27 2020-12-08 United States Government As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs Morpholino oligonucleotides useful in cancer treatment
EP3830278A4 (en) 2018-08-01 2022-05-25 University of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Compositions and methods for improving embryo development
SG11202100715WA (en) 2018-08-13 2021-02-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
TW202020157A (en) 2018-08-16 2020-06-01 美商艾爾妮蘭製藥公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
CA3110211A1 (en) 2018-08-20 2020-02-27 Rogcon, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides targeting scn2a for the treatment of scn1a encephalopathies
EP3843845A4 (en) 2018-08-29 2022-05-11 University Of Massachusetts Inhibition of protein kinases to treat friedreich ataxia
EP3847650A1 (en) 2018-09-06 2021-07-14 The Broad Institute, Inc. Nucleic acid assemblies for use in targeted delivery
EP3620520A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-11 Universidad del Pais Vasco Novel target to treat a metabolic disease in an individual
CA3112793A1 (en) 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Northwestern University Programming protein polymerization with dna
JP2022500003A (en) 2018-09-18 2022-01-04 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドAlnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (KHK) iRNA composition and its usage
TW202023573A (en) 2018-09-19 2020-07-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of pnpla3 expression
CN113366106A (en) 2018-10-17 2021-09-07 克里斯珀医疗股份公司 Compositions and methods for delivery of transgenes
US10913951B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-02-09 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure
TW202028222A (en) 2018-11-14 2020-08-01 美商Ionis製藥公司 Modulators of foxp3 expression
AU2019380940A1 (en) 2018-11-15 2021-06-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of IRF5 expression
IL263184A (en) 2018-11-21 2020-05-31 Yarden Yosef Method of treating cancer and compositions for same
CA3117694A1 (en) 2018-11-21 2020-05-28 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing prion expression
WO2020118259A1 (en) 2018-12-06 2020-06-11 Northwestern University Protein crystal engineering through dna hybridization interactions
EA202191601A1 (en) 2018-12-13 2022-01-19 Сарепта Терапьютикс, Инк. OLIGOMER CONJUGATES FOR EXON SKIP IN MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY
AU2019406186A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2021-07-15 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of KCNT1 related disorders
TW202039000A (en) 2018-12-20 2020-11-01 瑞士商休曼斯生物醫藥公司 Combination hbv therapy
CN113557023A (en) 2019-01-16 2021-10-26 建新公司 Serpinc1 iRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3918069A1 (en) 2019-01-31 2021-12-08 Bar Ilan University Neoantigens created by aberrant-induced splicing and uses thereof in enhancing immunotherapy
KR20210122809A (en) 2019-01-31 2021-10-12 아이오니스 파마수티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Regulators of YAP1 expression
AU2020218203A1 (en) 2019-02-06 2021-08-26 Synthorx, Inc. IL-2 conjugates and methods of use thereof
CA3129532A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Gene editing for hemophilia a with improved factor viii expression
WO2020171889A1 (en) 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 University Of Rochester Blocking lipid accumulation or inflammation in thyroid eye disease
JP2022521010A (en) 2019-02-21 2022-04-04 イッスム・リサーチ・デベロプメント・カムパニー・オブ・ザ・ヘブリュー・ユニバシティー・オブ・エルサレム リミテッド Methods for reducing drug-induced nephrotoxicity
BR112021015323A2 (en) 2019-02-27 2021-10-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. MALAT1 EXPRESSION MODULATORS
MA55297A (en) 2019-03-12 2022-01-19 Bayer Healthcare Llc NOVEL HIGH-FIDELITY PROGRAMMABLE RNA ENDONUCLEASE SYSTEMS AND THEIR USES
MX2021011498A (en) 2019-03-28 2022-01-04 Sarepta Therapeutics Inc Methods for treating muscular dystrophy with casimersen.
WO2020205463A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating ube3a-ats
AU2020253823A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2021-10-14 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of KRAS associated diseases or disorders
CA3135579A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Compound, method and pharmaceutical composition for modulating expression of dux4
US20220193246A1 (en) 2019-04-18 2022-06-23 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for treating muscular dystrophy
US11814464B2 (en) 2019-04-29 2023-11-14 Yale University Poly(amine-co-ester) polymers and polyplexes with modified end groups and methods of use thereof
AU2020268798A1 (en) 2019-05-03 2021-11-04 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double-stranded nucleic acid inhibitor molecules with shortened sense strands
US20210047649A1 (en) 2019-05-08 2021-02-18 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Crispr/cas all-in-two vector systems for treatment of dmd
CN114126628A (en) 2019-05-13 2022-03-01 维尔生物科技有限公司 Compositions and methods for treating Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) infection
WO2020243292A1 (en) 2019-05-28 2020-12-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing fus expression
TW202113078A (en) 2019-06-14 2021-04-01 美商史基普研究協會 Reagents and methods for replication, transcription, and translation in semi-synthetic organisms
EP3983545A1 (en) 2019-06-17 2022-04-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions and methods for editing beta-globin for treatment of hemaglobinopathies
US20220296633A1 (en) 2019-06-19 2022-09-22 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating muscular dystrophy
EP3956450A4 (en) 2019-07-26 2022-11-16 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating gfap
WO2021022108A2 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP4007812A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpin family f member 2 (serpinf2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021025899A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer pharmaceutical compositions
WO2021030522A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP4013767A4 (en) 2019-08-15 2023-10-25 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linkage modified oligomeric compounds and uses thereof
CN114555128A (en) 2019-08-15 2022-05-27 新索思股份有限公司 Combination immunooncology therapy with IL-2 conjugates
MX2022002053A (en) 2019-08-23 2022-03-17 Synthorx Inc Il-15 conjugates and uses thereof.
KR20220101073A (en) 2019-08-30 2022-07-19 예일 유니버시티 Compositions and methods for delivering nucleic acids into cells
US20220290152A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2022-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
JP2022547888A (en) 2019-09-05 2022-11-16 サノフイ Oligonucleotides containing nucleotide analogues
KR20220061158A (en) 2019-09-10 2022-05-12 신톡스, 인크. IL-2 conjugates and methods of use for treating autoimmune diseases
US20220389429A1 (en) 2019-10-04 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression
CN114728017A (en) 2019-10-14 2022-07-08 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Modulators of PNPLA3 expression
EP4045652A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2022-08-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202134435A (en) 2019-10-22 2021-09-16 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4051796A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2022-09-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression
TW202132567A (en) 2019-11-01 2021-09-01 美商阿尼拉製藥公司 Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202131952A (en) 2019-11-04 2021-09-01 美商欣爍克斯公司 Interleukin 10 conjugates and uses thereof
MX2022005692A (en) 2019-11-13 2022-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder.
EP4061945A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2022-09-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof
JP2023503635A (en) 2019-11-27 2023-01-31 クリスパー・セラピューティクス・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Methods of synthesizing RNA molecules
KR20220115995A (en) 2019-12-13 2022-08-19 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (C9orf72) iRNA preparation compositions and methods of using the same
WO2021126734A1 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-06-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021122944A1 (en) 2019-12-18 2021-06-24 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treating retinitis pigmentosa
IL294599A (en) 2020-01-15 2022-09-01 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Inc 4’-o-methylene phosphonate nucleic acids and analogues thereof
US20230057461A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-02-23 The U.S.A., As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Rab13 and net1 antisense oligonucleotides to treat metastatic cancer
WO2021154941A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als)
IL295445A (en) 2020-02-10 2022-10-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and methods for silencing vegf-a expression
US11312959B2 (en) 2020-02-12 2022-04-26 Asocura Pharmaceuticals Suzhou Co., Ltd. Antisense oligonucleotides and their use for treating Pendred syndrome
MX2022010052A (en) 2020-02-18 2022-09-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof.
CR20220485A (en) 2020-02-28 2022-11-10 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds and methods for modulating smn2
EP4114947A1 (en) 2020-03-05 2023-01-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases
WO2021178736A1 (en) 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP4121534A1 (en) 2020-03-18 2023-01-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant
WO2021195307A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4127171A2 (en) 2020-03-30 2023-02-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression
CA3179411A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing myoc expression
CN116134135A (en) 2020-04-07 2023-05-16 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Compositions and methods for silencing SCN9A expression
WO2021206922A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021206917A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
CA3181400A1 (en) 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein e (apoe) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021222549A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202206596A (en) 2020-05-01 2022-02-16 美商Ionis製藥公司 Compounds and methods for modulating atxn1
CN115667513A (en) 2020-05-12 2023-01-31 田边三菱制药株式会社 Compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions for modulating Ataxin 3 expression
WO2021231675A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
EP4150087A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
EP4150089A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rs1)
WO2021231673A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
EP4150077A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
WO2021231692A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
WO2021231680A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
EP4150078A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-03-22 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
EP4153746A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2023-03-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression
BR112022023465A2 (en) 2020-05-22 2023-01-10 Wave Life Sciences Ltd DOUBLE-STRANDED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE (DSRNAI) AGENT, CHIRALLY CONTROLLED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITION, DOUBLE-STRANDED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE, METHOD FOR REDUCING THE LEVEL AND/OR ACTIVITY OF A TRANSCRIPT OR A PROTEIN ENCODED BY THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR ALLELE-SPECIFIC DELETION OF A TRANSCRIPTION OF A NUCLEIC ACID SEQUENCE
AR122534A1 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-09-21 Triplet Therapeutics Inc METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF NUCLEOTIDE REPEAT EXPANSION DISORDERS ASSOCIATED WITH MSH3 ACTIVITY
EP4161552A1 (en) 2020-06-05 2023-04-12 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating neoplasia
WO2021252557A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation
BR112022024420A2 (en) 2020-06-18 2023-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc XANTHINE DEHYDROGENASE (XDH) IRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
BR112022025855A2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-01-10 Univ Yale POLYMER, METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION OF ONE OR MORE THERAPEUTIC, DIAGNOSTIC OR PROPHYLACTIC NUCLEIC ACID AGENTS, OR COMBINATIONS THEREOF IN VIVO
AU2021296848A1 (en) 2020-06-24 2023-02-09 Humabs Biomed Sa Engineered hepatitis B virus neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof
IL299074A (en) 2020-06-25 2023-02-01 Synthorx Inc Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and anti-egfr antibodies
BR112022024206A2 (en) 2020-06-29 2023-01-03 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOUNDS AND METHODS TO MODULATE PLP1
CA3187220A1 (en) 2020-08-04 2022-02-10 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Systemic delivery of oligonucleotides
US20230265214A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2023-08-24 Yale University Compositions and methods for delivery of nucleic acids to cells
TW202227102A (en) 2020-09-22 2022-07-16 瑞典商阿斯特捷利康公司 Method of treating fatty liver disease
WO2022066847A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20230392134A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2023-12-07 Crispr Therapeutics Ag Materials and methods for treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
EP4225917A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2023-08-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3978608A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-06 SQY Therapeutics Oligomeric compound for dystrophin rescue in dmd patients throughout skipping of exon-51
KR20230084204A (en) 2020-10-09 2023-06-12 신톡스, 인크. Immuno-oncology therapy using IL-2 conjugates
CA3194859A1 (en) 2020-10-09 2022-04-14 Carolina E. CAFFARO Immuno oncology combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and pembrolizumab
EP4228637A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2023-08-23 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd Method of treating myeloid malignancies
CN116368146A (en) 2020-10-20 2023-06-30 赛诺菲 Novel ligands for asialoglycoprotein receptors
AU2021365822A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2023-06-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria
WO2022087329A1 (en) 2020-10-23 2022-04-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
IL302709A (en) 2020-11-13 2023-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US11447521B2 (en) 2020-11-18 2022-09-20 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating angiotensinogen expression
WO2022106695A1 (en) 2020-11-23 2022-05-27 Alpha Anomeric Sas Nucleic acid duplexes
EP4256053A1 (en) 2020-12-01 2023-10-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2022125490A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
GB2603454A (en) 2020-12-09 2022-08-10 Ucl Business Ltd Novel therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders
EP4267191A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2023-11-01 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions comprising exon skipping oligonucleotide conjugates for treating muscular dystrophy
WO2022140702A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2022-06-30 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Compositions of modified trems and uses thereof
EP4274896A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2023-11-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component 9 (c9) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022174101A1 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Synthorx, Inc. Skin cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cemiplimab
JP2024508714A (en) 2021-02-12 2024-02-28 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Superoxide dismutase 1 (SOD1) iRNA composition and method for using the same for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (SOD1-) related neurodegenerative diseases
TW202302148A (en) 2021-02-12 2023-01-16 美商欣爍克斯公司 Lung cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and an anti-pd-1 antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof
JP2024509783A (en) 2021-02-25 2024-03-05 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Prion protein (PRNP) IRNA compositions and methods of use thereof
KR20230150844A (en) 2021-02-26 2023-10-31 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Ketohexokinase (KHK) iRNA compositions and methods of using the same
CA3212128A1 (en) 2021-03-04 2022-09-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022192519A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4304640A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2024-01-17 Northwestern University Antiviral vaccines using spherical nucleic acids
WO2022212231A2 (en) 2021-03-29 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022212153A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
IL307926A (en) 2021-04-26 2023-12-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4330396A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2024-03-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4330395A1 (en) 2021-04-30 2024-03-06 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Treatment methods for muscular dystrophy
WO2022235537A1 (en) 2021-05-03 2022-11-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating transthyretin (ttr) mediated amyloidosis
WO2022245583A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4341405A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2024-03-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
EP4347823A1 (en) 2021-06-02 2024-04-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
TW202313679A (en) 2021-06-03 2023-04-01 美商欣爍克斯公司 Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and a pd-1 antagonist
CN117561334A (en) 2021-06-04 2024-02-13 阿尔尼拉姆医药品有限公司 Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (C9 ORF 72) iRNA pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022260939A2 (en) 2021-06-08 2022-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders
EP4101928A1 (en) 2021-06-11 2022-12-14 Bayer AG Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
IL308896A (en) 2021-06-11 2024-01-01 Bayer Ag Type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
CN117500815A (en) 2021-06-18 2024-02-02 Ionis制药公司 Compounds and methods for reducing IFNAR1 expression
US20230194709A9 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-06-22 Seagate Technology Llc Range information detection using coherent pulse sets with selected waveform characteristics
WO2023278410A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
KR20240026203A (en) 2021-06-30 2024-02-27 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Methods and compositions for treating angiotensinogen (AGT)-related disorders
WO2023285431A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for allele specific treatment of retinitis pigmentosa
WO2023003805A1 (en) 2021-07-19 2023-01-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating subjects having or at risk of developing a non-primary hyperoxaluria disease or disorder
WO2023003995A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023009687A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014677A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
KR20240042016A (en) 2021-08-04 2024-04-01 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 iRNA compositions and methods for silencing angiotensinogen (AGT)
IL310407A (en) 2021-08-13 2024-03-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US11833221B2 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-12-05 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds for reducing DMPK expression
WO2023034515A2 (en) 2021-09-03 2023-03-09 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Delivery of anitsense oligomers by mirror image peptides
EP4144841A1 (en) 2021-09-07 2023-03-08 Bayer AG Novel small rna programmable endonuclease systems with impoved pam specificity and uses thereof
WO2023044370A2 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3)
CA3232420A1 (en) 2021-09-20 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3233242A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotides having one or more abasic units
WO2023070086A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Morpholino oligomers for treatment of peripheral myelin protein 22 related diseases
CA3234835A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
TW202334418A (en) 2021-10-29 2023-09-01 美商艾拉倫製藥股份有限公司 Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
CA3234636A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023086292A2 (en) 2021-11-10 2023-05-19 University Of Rochester Gata4-targeted therapeutics for treatment of cardiac hypertrophy
WO2023086295A2 (en) 2021-11-10 2023-05-19 University Of Rochester Antisense oligonucleotides for modifying protein expression
GB202117758D0 (en) 2021-12-09 2022-01-26 Ucl Business Ltd Therapeutics for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders
WO2023122573A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Head and neck cancer combination therapy comprising an il-2 conjugate and pembrolizumab
WO2023118349A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-29 Alia Therapeutics Srl Type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2023118068A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
WO2023122750A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Synthorx, Inc. Cancer combination therapy with il-2 conjugates and cetuximab
WO2023141314A2 (en) 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023159189A1 (en) 2022-02-18 2023-08-24 Yale University Branched poly(amine-co-ester) polymers for more efficient nucleic expression
WO2023168427A1 (en) 2022-03-03 2023-09-07 Yale University Compositions and methods for delivering therapeutic polynucleotides for exon skipping
WO2023178230A1 (en) 2022-03-17 2023-09-21 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Phosphorodiamidate morpholino oligomer conjugates
WO2023177866A1 (en) 2022-03-18 2023-09-21 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Decarboxylative acetoxylation using mn(ii) or mn(iii) reagent for synthesis of 4'-acetoxy- nucleoside and use thereof for synthesis of corresponding 4'-(dimethoxyphosphoryl)methoxy- nucleotide
WO2023194359A1 (en) 2022-04-04 2023-10-12 Alia Therapeutics Srl Compositions and methods for treatment of usher syndrome type 2a
WO2023205451A1 (en) 2022-04-22 2023-10-26 Entrada Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclic peptides for delivering therapeutics
WO2023237587A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Novel small type v rna programmable endonuclease systems
WO2024015924A2 (en) 2022-07-15 2024-01-18 Entrada Therapeutics, Inc. Hybrid oligonucleotides
WO2024039776A2 (en) 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024050261A1 (en) 2022-08-29 2024-03-07 University Of Rochester Antisense oligonucleotide-based anti-fibrotic therapeutics
WO2024059165A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024056880A2 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Alia Therapeutics Srl Enqp type ii cas proteins and applications thereof
WO2024064237A2 (en) 2022-09-21 2024-03-28 Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc. Dmd antisense oligonucleotide-mediated exon skipping efficiency
WO2024081736A2 (en) 2022-10-11 2024-04-18 Yale University Compositions and methods of using cell-penetrating antibodies

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1986005518A1 (en) * 1985-03-15 1986-09-25 James Summerton Stereoregular polynucleotide-binding polymers
WO1991009033A1 (en) * 1989-12-20 1991-06-27 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having phosphorous-containing chiral intersubunit linkages

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8311228D0 (en) * 1983-04-25 1983-06-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Morpholine derivatives
JPH09118898A (en) * 1995-08-23 1997-05-06 Kao Corp Bleaching agent composition for herd surface

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1986005518A1 (en) * 1985-03-15 1986-09-25 James Summerton Stereoregular polynucleotide-binding polymers
WO1991009033A1 (en) * 1989-12-20 1991-06-27 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having phosphorous-containing chiral intersubunit linkages

Non-Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BIOCHEMISTRY. vol. 20, no. 7, 31 March 1981, EASTON, PA US pages 1874 - 1880 P.S.MILLER ET AL. 'Biochemical Effects of Nonionic Nucleic Acid Methylphosphonates' *
BIOCHEMISTRY. vol. 24, no. 22, 22 October 1985, EASTON, PA US pages 6132 - 8 K.R.BLAKE ET AL. 'Inhibition of Rabbit Globin mRNA Translation by Sequence-Specific Oligodeoxyribonucleotides.' *
BIOCHEMISTRY. vol. 24, no. 22, 22 October 1985, EASTON, PA US pages 6139 - 45 K.R.BLAKE ET AL. 'Hybridization Arrest of Globin Synthesis in Rabbit Reticulocyte Lysates and Cells by Oligodeoxyribonucleoside Methylphosphonates.' *
CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS, vol. 110, no. 22, 1989, Columbus, Ohio, US; abstract no. 202954q, K.TERADA ET AL. 'Photosensitive Compositions for Printing Plates..' page 695 ;column 2 ; *
CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS, vol. 91, no. 19, 1979, Columbus, Ohio, US; abstract no. 151527g, J.SUMMERTON 'Intracellular Inactivation of Specific Nucleotide Sequences: A General Approach to the Treatment of Viral Diseases and Viral-Mediated Cancers.' page 73 ;column 2 ; cited in the application *
JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. vol. 42, no. 4, 18 February 1977, EASTON US pages 703 - 6 W.S.MUNGALL ET AL. 'Carbamate Analogues of Oligonucleotides.' *
JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. vol. 52, no. 19, 18 September 1987, EASTON US pages 4202 - 6 E.P.STIRCHAK ET AL. 'Uncharged Stereoregular Nucleic Acid Analogues. 1. Synthesis of a Cytosine-Containing Oligomer with Carbamate Internucleoside Linkages.' cited in the application *
JOURNAL OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY, PERKIN TRANSACTIONS 1 1971, LETCHWORTH GB pages 1684 - 6 M.J.GAIT ET AL. 'Syntheitic Analogues of Polynucleotides: Part XII. Synthesis of Thymidine Derivatives Containing an Oxyacetamido- or an Oxyformamido- Linkage Instead of a Phosphodiester Group.' *
NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH. vol. 16, no. 11, 10 June 1988, ARLINGTON, VIRGINIA US pages 4831 - 9 B.FROEHLER ET AL. 'Phosphoramidate Analogues of DNA: Synthesis and Thermal Stability of Heteroduplexes.' *
NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH. vol. 17, no. 15, 11 August 1989, ARLINGTON, VIRGINIA US pages 6129 - 6141 E.P.STIRCHAK ET AL. 'Uncharged Stereoregular Nucleic Acid Analogs: 2. Morpholino Nucleoside Oligomers with Carbonate Internucleoside Linkages.' cited in the application *

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1994012517A1 (en) * 1992-11-23 1994-06-09 Antivirals Inc. Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US6319672B1 (en) 1994-12-16 2001-11-20 Aventis Pharma S.A. Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
FR2728264A1 (en) * 1994-12-16 1996-06-21 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa DNA PURIFICATION BY TRIPLE PROPELLER FORMATION WITH A IMMOBILIZED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE
WO1996018744A3 (en) * 1994-12-16 1996-08-29 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa Dna purification by forming a triple helix with an immobilized oligonucleotide
AU715630B2 (en) * 1994-12-16 2000-02-03 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
US6287762B1 (en) 1994-12-16 2001-09-11 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
WO1996018744A2 (en) * 1994-12-16 1996-06-20 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Dna purification by forming a triple helix with an immobilized oligonucleotide
EP1281774A2 (en) * 1994-12-16 2003-02-05 Aventis Pharma S.A. Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
EP1281774A3 (en) * 1994-12-16 2004-02-04 Aventis Pharma S.A. Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
US8017744B2 (en) 1994-12-16 2011-09-13 Centelion Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
US8399636B2 (en) 1994-12-16 2013-03-19 Centelion Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized obligonucleotide
US7622566B2 (en) 1995-11-08 2009-11-24 Centelion Purification of a triple helix formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide
US7038026B2 (en) 2000-05-26 2006-05-02 Centelion Purification of a triple heli formation with an immobilized oligonucleotide

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ATE157098T1 (en) 1997-09-15
EP0592511B1 (en) 1997-08-20
TW466243B (en) 2001-12-01
US5166315A (en) 1992-11-24
CA2110988C (en) 1999-08-31
CA2110988A1 (en) 1993-01-07
AU2253192A (en) 1993-01-25
KR100225090B1 (en) 1999-10-15
EP0592511A1 (en) 1994-04-20
AU665560B2 (en) 1996-01-11
DE69221730D1 (en) 1997-09-25
JPH06508526A (en) 1994-09-29
DE69221730T2 (en) 1998-02-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0592511B1 (en) Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
AU676704B2 (en) Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US5142047A (en) Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
US5217866A (en) Polynucleotide assay reagent and method
EP0506830B1 (en) Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having phosphorous-containing chiral intersubunit linkages
US5235033A (en) Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
US5470974A (en) Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
WO1991009073A1 (en) Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5378841A (en) Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
CA3076694A1 (en) Divalent nucleobase compounds and uses therefor
Pyshnyi et al. A new strategy of discrimination of a point mutation by tandem of short oligonucleotides
Loakes 6 Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids; Oligo-and Polynucleotides
Koh Design of novel bases for recognition of GC base pairs by oligonucleotide-directed triple helix formation
Buchardt et al. Synthetic Procedures for Peptide Nucleic Acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AU CA JP KR

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IT LU MC NL SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
LE32 Later election for international application filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date or according to rule 32.2 (b)
EX32 Extension under rule 32 effected after completion of technical preparation for international publication
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2110988

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1019930703954

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1992914039

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1992914039

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1992914039

Country of ref document: EP